Manual D Taller D Sentra 2011 Motor MR20DE

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 223

ENGINE

EM
A

EM
SECTION
ENGINE MECHANICAL C

E
CONTENTS
MR20DE Changing Air Cleaner Filter .....................................17 F

SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 3 INTAKE MANIFOLD ......................................... 18


Component ..............................................................18
G
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 3 Removal and Installation .........................................19
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- EXHAUST MANIFOLD ...................................... 23
SIONER" ................................................................... 3 Component ..............................................................23 H
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rota- Removal and Installation .........................................24
tion After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 3
OIL PAN ............................................................ 27
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...... 4 I
Component ..............................................................27
Precaution for Drain Coolant ..................................... 4
Removal and Installation .........................................27
Precaution for Disconnecting Fuel Piping ................. 4
Precaution for Removal and Disassembly ................ 4 IGNITION COIL, SPARK PLUG AND ROCK- J
Precaution for Inspection, Repair and Replace- ER COVER ........................................................ 33
ment .......................................................................... 4 Component ..............................................................33
Precaution for Assembly and Installation .................. 4 Removal and Installation .........................................33
Parts Requiring Angular Tightening .......................... 5 K
Precaution for Liquid Gasket ..................................... 5 FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE ................ 36
Component ..............................................................36
PREPARATION ................................................... 7 Removal and Installation .........................................36 L
Special Service Tool ................................................. 7
Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 9 TIMING CHAIN .................................................. 40
Component ..............................................................40
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS M
Removal and Installation .........................................41
(NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ............................11
NVH Troubleshooting - Engine Noise ..................... 11 CAMSHAFT ....................................................... 50
Use the Chart Below to Help You Find the Cause Component ..............................................................50 N
of the Symptom ....................................................... 12 Removal and Installation .........................................50
Valve Clearance ......................................................58
DRIVE BELTS ....................................................13
Component .............................................................. 13 OIL SEAL .......................................................... 62 O
Checking Drive Belts ............................................... 13 Removal and Installation of Valve Oil Seal ..............62
Tension Adjustment ................................................ 13 Removal and Installation of Front Oil Seal ..............62
Removal and Installation ......................................... 13 Removal and Installation of Rear Oil Seal ...............63 P
Component .............................................................. 14
Removal and Installation of Drive Belt Auto Ten- CYLINDER HEAD ............................................. 65
sioner ...................................................................... 14 On-Vehicle Service ..................................................65
Component ..............................................................66
AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT ........................16 Removal and Installation .........................................66
Component .............................................................. 16 Component ..............................................................68
Removal and Installation ......................................... 16 Disassembly and Assembly .....................................69

Revision: July 2010 EM-1 2011 Sentra


Inspection After Disassembly ................................. 70 Removal and Installation ....................................... 133

ENGINE ASSEMBLY ......................................... 75 INTAKE MANIFOLD ......................................... 135


Component ............................................................. 75 Removal and Installation ....................................... 135
Removal and Installation ........................................ 76
EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY
CYLINDER BLOCK ........................................... 80 CATALYST ....................................................... 140
Component ............................................................. 80 Removal and Installation ....................................... 140
Disassembly and Assembly .................................... 81
How to Select Piston and Bearing .......................... 90 OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER ........................ 142
Inspection After Disassembly ................................. 97 Removal and Installation ....................................... 142

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS IGNITION COIL ................................................. 145


(SDS) ................................................................ 108 Removal and Installation ....................................... 145
Standard and Limit ................................................108
SPARK PLUG ................................................... 146
QR25DE Removal and Installation ....................................... 146
SERVICE INFORMATION .......................... 119 FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE ................ 148
Removal and Installation ....................................... 148
PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 119
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System ROCKER COVER ............................................. 151
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- Removal and Installation ....................................... 151
SIONER" ................................................................119
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rota- CAMSHAFT ...................................................... 153
tion After Battery Disconnect .................................119 Removal and Installation ....................................... 153
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover..120 Inspection After Installation ................................... 160
Precaution for Draining Coolant ............................120 Valve Clearance .................................................... 161
Precaution for Disconnecting Fuel Piping ..............120
Precaution for Removal and Disassembly .............120 TIMING CHAIN ................................................. 164
Precaution for Inspection, Repair and Replace- Removal and Installation ....................................... 164
ment .......................................................................120
OIL SEAL .......................................................... 172
Precaution for Assembly and Installation ..............120
Removal and Installation of Valve Oil Seal ........... 172
Parts Requiring Angular Tightening .......................120
Removal and Installation of Front Oil Seal ............ 172
Precaution for Liquid Gasket .................................121
Removal and Installation of Rear Oil Seal ............ 173
PREPARATION ............................................... 123
CYLINDER HEAD ............................................. 175
Special Service Tool ..............................................123
On-Vehicle Service ............................................... 175
Commercial Service Tool ......................................125
Removal and Installation ....................................... 176
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 178
(NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING .......................... 128 Inspection After Disassembly ................................ 180
NVH Troubleshooting - Engine Noise ....................128 ENGINE ASSEMBLY ....................................... 184
Use the Chart Below to Help You Find the Cause
Removal and Installation ....................................... 184
of the Symptom .....................................................128
CYLINDER BLOCK .......................................... 189
DRIVE BELTS .................................................. 130 Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 189
Checking Drive Belts .............................................130
How to Select Piston and Bearing ........................ 197
Tension Adjustment ...............................................130
Inspection After Disassembly ................................ 203
Removal and Installation .......................................130
Removal and Installation of Drive Belt Auto-ten- SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
sioner .....................................................................131 (SDS) ................................................................ 213
Standard and Limit ................................................ 213
AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT ...................... 133

Revision: July 2010 EM-2 2011 Sentra


PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]

SERVICE INFORMATION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT EM
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000006148878

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. D
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Man-
ual.
WARNING: E
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
F
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this G
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS H
WARNING:
When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Igni-
tion ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a I
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the J
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000006148879 K
NOTE:
This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYS-
TEM). L
Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
LOCK position.
Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. M
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mech-
anism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and N
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation. O
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Connect both battery cables.
NOTE: P
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
2. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ACC position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
3. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
4. Perform the necessary repair operation.

Revision: July 2010 EM-3 2011 Sentra


PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the LOCK position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000006148880

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield.

PIIB3706J

Precaution for Drain Coolant INFOID:0000000006148881

Drain coolant when engine is cooled.


Precaution for Disconnecting Fuel Piping INFOID:0000000006148882

Before starting work, make sure no fire or spark producing items are in the work area.
Release fuel pressure before disassembly.
After disconnecting pipes, plug openings to stop fuel leakage.
Precaution for Removal and Disassembly INFOID:0000000006148883

When instructed to use special service tools, use the specified tools. Always be careful to work safely, avoid
forceful or uninstructed operations.
Exercise maximum care to avoid damage to mating or sliding surfaces.
Cover openings of engine system with tape or the equivalent, if necessary, to seal out foreign materials.
Mark and arrange disassembly parts in an organized way for easy troubleshooting and assembly.
When loosening nuts and bolts, as a basic rule, start with the one furthest outside, then the one diagonally
opposite, and so on. If the order of loosening is specified, do exactly as specified. Power tools may be used
where noted in the step.
Precaution for Inspection, Repair and Replacement INFOID:0000000006148884

Before repairing or replacing, thoroughly inspect parts. Inspect new replacement parts in the same way, and
replace if necessary.
Precaution for Assembly and Installation INFOID:0000000006148885

Use torque wrench to tighten bolts or nuts to specification.


When tightening nuts and bolts, as a basic rule, equally tighten in several different steps starting with the
ones in center, then ones on inside and outside diagonally in this order. If the order of tightening is specified,
do exactly as specified.
Replace with new gasket, packing, oil seal or O-ring.
Thoroughly wash, clean, and air-blow each part. Carefully check oil or coolant passages for any restriction
and blockage.
Avoid damaging sliding or mating surfaces. Completely remove foreign materials such as cloth lint or dust.
Before assembly, oil sliding surfaces well.
Release air within route after draining coolant.
Before starting engine, apply fuel pressure to fuel lines with turning ignition switch ON (with engine stopped).
Then make sure that there are no leaks at fuel line connections.
After repairing, start engine and increase engine speed to check coolant, fuel, oil, and exhaust systems for
leakage.

Revision: July 2010 EM-4 2011 Sentra


PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Parts Requiring Angular Tightening INFOID:0000000006148886

A
Use an angle wrench for the final tightening of the following engine parts:
- Cylinder head bolts
- Camshaft sprocket (INT) EM
- Main bearing cap bolts
- Connecting rod cap nuts
- Crankshaft pulley bolt (No angle wrench is required as the bolt flange is provided with notches for angular
tightening) C
Do not use a torque value for final tightening.
The torque value for these parts are for a preliminary step.
Ensure thread and seat surfaces are clean and coated with engine oil. D
Precaution for Liquid Gasket INFOID:0000000006148887

REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET SEALING E


After removing the bolts and nuts, separate the mating surface and
remove the sealant using Tool.
F
Tool number : KV10111100 (J-37228)
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the mating surfaces. G
In areas where the cutter is difficult to use, use a plastic hammer to
lightly tap (1) the cutter where the RTV Silicone Sealant is applied.
Use a plastic hammer to slide the cutter (2) by tapping on the side. H
CAUTION:
If for some unavoidable reason a tool such as a flat-bladed WBIA0566E

screwdriver is used, be careful not to damage the mating sur-


faces. I
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE
1. Using a scraper, remove the old Silicone RTV Sealant adhering J
to the gasket application surface and the mating surface.
Remove the sealant completely from the groove of the gasket
application surface, bolts, and bolt holes.
K
2. Thoroughly clean the gasket application surface and the mating
surface and remove adhering moisture, grease and foreign
materials.
3. Attach the sealant tube to the tube presser. L
Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant or equivalent. Refer to
GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant".
PBIC0003E M

4. Apply the sealant without breaks to the specified location using


Tool. N

Tool number WS39930000 ( )


If there is a groove for the sealant application, apply the seal- O
ant to the groove.
As for the bolt holes, normally apply the sealant inside the
holes. If specified, it should be applied outside the holes. Make
sure to read the text of this manual. P
Within five minutes of the sealant application, install the mat-
ing component. WBIA0567E

If the sealant protrudes, wipe it off immediately.


Do not retighten after the installation.

Revision: July 2010 EM-5 2011 Sentra


PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
After 30 minutes or more have passed from the installation, fill
the engine with the specified oil and coolant. Refer to MA-15,
"MR20DE".

SEM159F

CAUTION:
Follow all specific instructions in this manual.

Revision: July 2010 EM-6 2011 Sentra


PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
PREPARATION
A
Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000006148888

The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here. EM
Tool number Description
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
C
KV10111100 Removing steel oil pan and rear timing
(J-37228) chain case
Seal cutter
D

E
NT046

KV10112100 Tightening bolts for bearing cap, cylinder


(BT-8653-A) head, etc.
Angle wrench F

NT014

KV10107902 Removing valve oil seal H


(J-38959)
Valve oil seal puller

S-NT011
J
EM03470000 Installing piston assembly into cylinder
(J-8037) bore
Piston ring compressor
K

L
NT044

KV101092S0 Disassembling and assembling valve


(J-26336-B) mechanism M
Valve spring compressor
1 KV10109210
(J-26336-20)
Attachment N
2 KV10109220
( )
3. KV10109230 NT718
Adapter (M8) O
WS39930000 Pressing the tube of liquid gasket
( )
Tube presser P

NT052

Revision: July 2010 EM-7 2011 Sentra


PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Tool number Description
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
ST16610001 Removing crankshaft pilot bushing
(J-23907)
Pilot bushing puller

NT045

KV11103000 Removing crankshaft pulley


()
Pulley puller

NT676

KV991J0050 Loosening or tightening air fuel ratio A/F


(J-44626) sensor
Air fuel sensor Socket a: 22 mm (0.87 in)

LBIA0444E

KV10114400 Loosening or tightening rear heated oxy-


(J-38365) gen sensor
Heated oxygen sensor wrench a: 22 mm (0.87 in)

NT636

KV11105210 Securing diveplate and flywheel


(J-44716)
Stopper plate

ZZA0009D

KV10115600 Installing valve oil seal


(J-38958) Use side A.
Valve oil seal drift a: 20 (0.79) dia
b: 13 (0.51) dia.
c: 10.3 (0.406) dia
d: 8 (0.31) dia.
e: 10.7 (0.421)
f: 5 (0.20)
S-NT603

Revision: July 2010 EM-8 2011 Sentra


PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Tool number Description
(Kent-Moore No.) A
Tool name
KV10115801 Removing and installing oil filter
( ) a: 64.3 mm (2.531 in) EM
Oil filter wrench

S-NT375

Removing and installing spark plug D


(J-48891)
Spark plug socket
E

ALBIA0672GB F

Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000006148889

G
(Kent-Moore No.) Description
Tool name
H
Power tool Loosening bolts and nuts

J
PBIC0190E

Valve seat cutter set Finishing valve seat dimensions

NT048

Piston ring expander Removing and installing piston ring M

NT030
O
KV10109300 Removing and installing crankshaft pulley
( )
Pulley holder
P

NT628

Revision: July 2010 EM-9 2011 Sentra


PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
(Kent-Moore No.) Description
Tool name
KV10111800 Removing and installing valve guide
Valve guide drift

PBIC4012E

Valve guide reamer (1): Reaming valve guide inner hole


(2): Reaming hole for oversize valve guide

PBIC4013E

(J-43897-18) Reconditioning the exhaust system threads


(J-43897-12) before installing a new oxygen sensor and Air
Oxygen sensor thread cleaner Fuel ratio sensor (Use with anti-seize lubricant
shown below.)
a: J-43897-18 (18 mm dia.) Air Fuel ratio
sensors
b: J-43897-12 (12 mm dia.) Air Fuel ratio
sensors
AEM488

Anti-seize lubricant (Permatex 133AR Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning


or equivalent meeting MIL specifica- tool when reconditioning exhaust system
tion MIL-A-907) threads

AEM489

E20 Torx Socket Removing and installing drive plate and fly-
(J-45816) wheel bolts

LBIA0285E

Revision: July 2010 EM-10 2011 Sentra


NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
A
NVH Troubleshooting - Engine Noise INFOID:0000000006148890

EM

P
WBIA0822E

1. Piston pin noise 2. Piston slap noise 3. Main bearing noise


4. Water pump noise 5. Timing chain and tensioner noise 6. Drive belt noise (stick/slipping)
7. Tappet noise 8. Camshaft bearing noise 9. Connecting rod noise
A. Rotational mechanism B. Water pump C. Timing chain

Revision: July 2010 EM-11 2011 Sentra


NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
D. Drive belt E. Crankshaft pulley F. A/C compressor
G. Water pump H. Generator I. Tension pulley
J. Valve mechanism K. Valves

Use the Chart Below to Help You Find the Cause of the Symptom INFOID:0000000006148891

1. Locate the area where noise occurs.


2. Confirm the type of noise.
3. Specify the operating condition of engine.
4. Check specified noise source.
If necessary, repair or replace these parts.

Operating condition of engine


Location Type of Before After When Source of Refer-
When When While Check item
of noise noise warm- warm- start- noise ence page
idling racing driving
up up ing
Top of en- Ticking or Tappet
C A A B Valve clearance EM-58
gine clicking noise
Rocker
cover Camshaft Camshaft journal oil
EM-50
Cylinder Rattle C A A B C bearing clearance
EM-50
head noise Camshaft runout

Piston to piston pin oil


Slap or Piston pin clearance EM-97
A B B
knock noise Connecting rod bushing EM-97
oil clearance
Piston to cylinder bore
Crank- clearance
EM-97
shaft pul- Piston ring side clear-
Slap or Piston EM-97
ley A B B A ance
rap slap noise EM-97
Cylinder Piston ring end gap
EM-97
block Connecting rod bend
(Side of and torsion
engine) Connect- Connecting rod bushing
Oil pan ing rod oil clearance EM-97
Knock A B C B B B
bearing Connecting rod bearing EM-97
noise oil clearance
Main bearing oil clear-
Main bear- EM-97
Knock A B A B C ance
ing noise EM-97
Crankshaft runout
Timing
Front of Timing chain cracks
chain and
engine Tapping or and wear
A A B B B chain ten- EM-41
Front cov- ticking Timing chain tensioner
sioner
er operation
noise
Drive belt
Squeak-
(Sticking
ing or fizz- A B B C Drive belt deflection
or slip-
ing EM-13
ping)
Front of
Drive belt Idler pulley bearing op-
engine Creaking A B A B A B
(Slipping) eration
Water
Squall
A B B A B pump Water pump operation CO-19
Creak
noise
A: Closely related B: Related C: Sometimes related : Not related

Revision: July 2010 EM-12 2011 Sentra


DRIVE BELTS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
DRIVE BELTS
A
Component INFOID:0000000006148892

EM

PBIC3137J
E
1. Generator 2. Drive belt autotensioner 3. Crankshaft pulley
4. A/C compressor (models with A/C) 5. Water pump 6. Drive belt
Idler pulley (models without A/C) F
A. Allowable use range B. Range when new drive belt is installed C. Indicator

Checking Drive Belts INFOID:0000000006148893 G

WARNING:
Inspect the drive belt only when the engine is stopped. H
NOTE:
On vehicles not equipped with A/C, there is an idler pulley in the position for the drive belt routing.
Make sure that the indicator (notch on fixed side) of drive belt auto-tensioner is within the possible use
range. I
NOTE:
Check the drive belt auto-tensioner indicator (notch) when the engine is cold.
When the new drive belt is installed, the range of possible use should be as shown. J
Visually check entire belt for wear, damage or cracks.
If the indicator is out of allowable use range or belt is damaged, replace the drive belt.
Tension Adjustment INFOID:0000000006148894 K

Belt tension is not manually adjustable, it is automatically adjusted by the drive belt auto-tensioner.
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006148895 L

REMOVAL
1. Remove the splash shield RH. Refer to EI-23, "Component". M
2. Securely hold the hexagonal part (A) of drive belt auto-tensioner
(1) with a suitable tool. Then move the tool in the direction of
arrow (loosening direction of tensioner). N
WARNING:
Never place hand in a location where pinching may occur if
the holding tool accidentally comes off. O
CAUTION:
Do not loosen the auto-tensioner pulley bolt. (Do not turn it
counterclockwise.) If turned counterclockwise, the com-
P
plete auto-tensioner must be replaced as a unit, including
pulley. PBIC3936E

3. Insert a rod approximately 6 mm (0.24 in) in diameter into the


hole (B) of the retaining boss to lock drive belt auto-tensioner.
Leave tensioner pulley arm locked until belt is installed again.
4. Remove drive belt.
INSTALLATION
Revision: July 2010 EM-13 2011 Sentra
DRIVE BELTS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
1. Install drive belt.
CAUTION:
Confirm drive belt is completely set on the pulleys.
2. Release drive belt auto-tensioner, and apply tension to drive belt.
WARNING:
Never place hand in a location where pinching may occur if the holding tool accidentally comes
off.
CAUTION:
Make sure no engine oil and engine coolant are adhered to drive belt and each pulley groove.
3. Turn crankshaft pulley clockwise several times to equalize tension between each pulley.
4. Confirm tension of drive belt at indicator is within the allowable use range. Refer to EM-13, "Checking
Drive Belts".
5. Install the splash shield RH. Refer to EI-23, "Component".
Component INFOID:0000000006148896

PBIC4698E

1. Front cover 2. Drive belt autotensioner 3. Idler pulley (models without A/C)
4. Bracket (models without A/C) 5. Shaft (models without A/C)

Removal and Installation of Drive Belt Auto Tensioner INFOID:0000000006148897

REMOVAL
CAUTION:
The complete auto-tensioner must be replaced as a unit, including the pulley.
1. Remove front air duct. Refer to EM-16, "Component".
2. Disconnect battery negative terminal. Refer to SC-7, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE Battery)".
3. Remove drive belt. Refer to EM-13, "Removal and Installation".
4. Support the engine and remove the torque rod (RH), engine mounting insulator (RH) and engine mount-
ing bracket (RH). Refer to EM-75, "Component".
5. Release the fixed drive belt auto-tensioner pulley.

Revision: July 2010 EM-14 2011 Sentra


DRIVE BELTS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
6. Loosen bolt and remove drive belt auto-tensioner.
NOTE: A
Use TORX socket (size T50).
7. Remove idler pulley and bracket (models without A/C).
CAUTION: EM
Do not loosen the auto-tensioner pulley bolt. (Do not turn it counterclockwise). If turned counter-
clockwise, the complete auto-tensioner must be replaced as a unit, including pulley.
INSTALLATION C
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
If there is damage greater than peeled paint, replace drive belt auto-tensioner units
D
Install the drive belt auto-tensioner carefully so not to damage the water pump pulley.
Do not swap the pulley between the new and old auto-tensioner units

Revision: July 2010 EM-15 2011 Sentra


AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT
Component INFOID:0000000006148898

AWBIA0844GB

1. Air cleaner filter 2. Air cleaner holder 3. Air cleaner case


4. Air duct 5. Mass air flow sensor 6. Air duct (Inlet)
7. Air duct/battery tray 8. Air duct 9. Grommet
10. Resonator A. To electric throttle control actuator

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006148899

REMOVAL
1. Remove the engine room cover.
2. Remove the air duct (inlet).
3. Remove the air cleaner filter from the air cleaner case. Refer to EM-17, "Changing Air Cleaner Filter".
4. Remove the air duct [between air duct (inlet) and air cleaner case] from the air cleaner case.
5. Remove the PCV hose.
6. Remove the air duct (between air cleaner case and electric throttle control actuator).
Add marks as necessary for easier installation.
7. Remove air cleaner case with the following procedure.
a. Remove battery. Refer to SC-5.
b. Disconnect the brake fluid level sensor.
c. Disconnect and remove the ECM.
d. Disconnect harness connector from mass air flow sensor.
e. Remove the air cleaner case.
8. Remove the mass air flow sensor from the air cleaner case, as necessary.
CAUTION:
Handle the mass air flow sensor with care:
Do not shock it.

Revision: July 2010 EM-16 2011 Sentra


AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Do not disassemble it.
Do not touch the internal sensor. A
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Align marks. EM
Attach each joint securely.
Screw clamps firmly.
Changing Air Cleaner Filter INFOID:0000000006148900
C

REMOVAL
D
1. Unclip the tabs (A) of both ends of the air cleaner cover (1).

G
WBIA0824E

2. Remove the air cleaner filter and holder assembly from the air cleaner case.
H
3. Remove the air cleaner filter from the holder.

INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL


I
It is necessary to replace it at the recommended intervals, more often under dusty driving conditions. Refer to
MA-9.

J
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
K

Revision: July 2010 EM-17 2011 Sentra


INTAKE MANIFOLD
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
INTAKE MANIFOLD
Component INFOID:0000000006148901

Except For California

WBIA0771E

1. PCV hose 2. Gasket 3. Intake manifold


4. Bracket 5. O-ring 6. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
7. Water hose 8. Water hose 9. Electric throttle control actuator
10. Gasket A. To water outlet

Revision: July 2010 EM-18 2011 Sentra


INTAKE MANIFOLD
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
For California
A

EM

H
ALBIA0623GB

1. PCV hose 2. Intake manifold 3. Intake manifold adapter


4. Gasket 5. Cylinder head 6. Gasket I
7. Electric throttle control actuator 8. Camshaft bracket A. To water outlet

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006148902 J

REMOVAL
WARNING: K
To avoid the danger of being scalded, never drain the coolant when the engine is hot.
1. Remove engine room cover (1).
2. Remove the air duct (inlet) and air ducts. Refer to EM-16, "Com- L
ponent".
3. Disconnect the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve. M
4. Partially drain engine coolant from the radiator. Refer to CO-12,
"Changing Engine Coolant".
CAUTION: N
Perform this step when engine is cold.
NOTE:
This step is unnecessary when putting plugs to water hoses (to WBIA0777E

electric throttle control actuator) O


a. Disconnect water hoses from electric throttle control actuator.
b. Remove electric throttle control actuator.
CAUTION: P
Handle carefully to avoid any shock to electric throttle control actuator.
Never disassemble.
5. Remove the PCV hose and the vacuum hose.
6. Remove oil level gauge.
CAUTION:
Cover the oil level gauge guide openings to avoid entry of foreign materials.

Revision: July 2010 EM-19 2011 Sentra


INTAKE MANIFOLD
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
7. Loosen and remove intake manifold (1) bolts (A) (B).

: Engine front

PBIC3939E

8. Loosen bolts in reverse order as shown.

: Engine front

CAUTION:
Cover engine openings to avoid entry of foreign materials.
9. Remove EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
from intake manifold, if necessary.
CAUTION:
Handle it carefully and avoid impacts.
10. Remove intake manifold. PBIC3527J

11. Remove intake manifold adapter (for California).


INSTALLATION
1. Install intake manifold adapter (for California).
NOTE:
Be sure the intake manifold adapter gasket is seated correctly in groove of intake manifold adapter (for
California).
2. Install intake manifold.
NOTE:
Be sure the intake manifold gasket is seated correctly in groove of intake manifold (except for California).
3. Tighten bolts in numerical order as shown.

: Engine front

WBIA0788E

Revision: July 2010 EM-20 2011 Sentra


INTAKE MANIFOLD
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
4. Tighten intake manifold bolt (A). Then tighten intake manifold
bolt (B). A

1 : Intake manifold
: Engine front EM

Intake manifold bolt (A) : 19.6 Nm (2.0 kg-m, 14 ft-lb)


C
Intake manifold bolt (B) : 19.6 Nm (2.0 kg-m, 14 ft-lb)

G
PBIC3939E

5. Install electric throttle control actuator.


H
6. Install water hoses (3), (5) to electric throttle control actuator as
shown (M/T models).
The clamp (2) shall not interfere with the bulged section (B).
I
1 : Electric throttle control actuator
4 : Water outlet
A : Paint Mark J
: Engine front

PBIC4703E

O
7. Install water hoses (3), (5) to electric throttle control actuator as shown (CVT models).

Revision: July 2010 EM-21 2011 Sentra


INTAKE MANIFOLD
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
The clamp (2) shall not interfere with the bulged section (B).

1 : Electric throttle control actuator


4 : Water outlet
A : Paint Mark
: Engine front

WBIA0821E

8. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


Check for leaks of engine coolant. Refer to CO-11, "Inspection".
Start and warm up the engine. Visually check for engine coolant leaks.

Revision: July 2010 EM-22 2011 Sentra


EXHAUST MANIFOLD
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
A
Component INFOID:0000000006148903

Except for California EM

I
WBIA0778E

1. Exhaust manifold cover 2. Exhaust manifold 3. Gasket J


4. Stud bolt 5. Bracket 6. A/F ratio sensor 1
7. Exhaust manifold stay
K

Revision: July 2010 EM-23 2011 Sentra


EXHAUST MANIFOLD
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
For California

ALBIA0624GB

1. Cylinder head 2. Gasket 3. A/F ratio sensor 1


4. Exhaust manifold cover 5. Exhaust manifold 6. Exhaust manifold stay
7. Oil pan

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006148904

REMOVAL
1. Remove cowl top. Refer to EI-21, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove exhaust front tube. Refer to EX-5, "Component".
3. Remove exhaust manifold cover.
4. Remove the A/F ratio sensor 1, using Tool (A).

Tool number : KV991J0050 (J-44626)


CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage heated oxygen sensor or air fuel
ratio (A/F) sensor.
Discard any heated oxygen sensor or air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor which has been dropped from a height of more
than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a con-
crete floor; use a new one.
WBIA0772E

5. Remove exhaust manifold side bolt of exhaust manifold stay.

Revision: July 2010 EM-24 2011 Sentra


EXHAUST MANIFOLD
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
6. Loosen nuts in reverse order as shown and remove exhaust
manifold. A

: Engine front

CAUTION: EM
Cover engine openings to avoid entry of foreign materials.

PBIC3529J

D
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Surface Distortion
Using straightedge (B) and feeler gauge (A), check the surface dis- E
tortion of exhaust manifold mating surface in each exhaust port
and entire part.

Limit: F

Each exhaust port : 0.3 mm (0.012 in)


Entire part : 0.7 mm (0.028 in) G
If it exceeds the limit, replace exhaust manifold.

PBIC3530J H
INSTALLATION
1. Install exhaust manifold gasket to cylinder head as shown.
I

: Engine front

PBIC3943E
L
2. Tighten exhaust manifold nuts to specification in two stages in
the numerical order as shown.
M
: Engine front

O
AWBIA0778ZZ

3. Install exhaust manifold stay. P

Revision: July 2010 EM-25 2011 Sentra


EXHAUST MANIFOLD
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Install exhaust manifold stay (2) in the direction as shown
(except for California).

1 : Exhaust manifold
A : Upper mark
: Engine front

PBIC3944E

4. Install the A/F ratio sensor 1, using Tool (A).

Tool number : KV991J0050 (J-44626)


CAUTION:
Handle it carefully and avoid impacts.
Before installing a new A/F ratio sensor, clean the exhaust
tube threads using suitable tool and approved anti-seize
lubricant.
Do not over-tighten the A/F ratio sensor. Doing so may
damage the A/F ratio sensor, resulting in the MIL coming
on. WBIA0772E

Oxygen sensor thread cleaner : (J-43897-12)


Oxygen sensor thread cleaner : (J-43897-18)

5. Installation of the remaining parts is in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: July 2010 EM-26 2011 Sentra


OIL PAN
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
OIL PAN
A
Component INFOID:0000000006148905

EM

J
PBIC3123J

1. Oil level gauge 2. Oil level gauge guide 3. Rear oil seal K
4. O-ring 5. Oil pan (upper) 6. Oil pump drive chain
7. Crankshaft sprocket 8. Oil pump sprocket 9. Timing chain tensioner (for oil pump)
10. Drain plug 11. Drain plug washer 12. Oil pan (lower) L
13. Connector bolt 14. Oil filter 15. O-ring
A. Refer to LU-9 B. Oil pan side
M
CAUTION:
Never disassemble balancer and oil pump and oil pan (upper) because they are integral unit.
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006148906 N

REMOVAL
WARNING: O
To avoid the danger of being scalded, never drain the engine oil when the engine is hot.
Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer; try to avoid direct skin
contact with used oil. If skin contact is made, wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as P
possible.
1. Drain engine oil. Refer to LU-7, "Changing Engine Oil".
2. Remove engine and transaxle assembly. Refer to EM-76, "Removal and Installation".
3. Remove flywheel (M/T models) or drive plate (CVT models).
4. Mount engine on suitable stand.
5. Remove oil filter using Tool.

Revision: July 2010 EM-27 2011 Sentra


OIL PAN
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]

Tool number : KV10115801 ( )


CAUTION:
When removing, prepare a shop cloth to absorb any engine oil leakage or spillage.
6. Remove the oil pan (lower) bolts in reverse order as shown.

: Engine front

PBIC3146J

7. After removing the bolts and nuts, separate the mating surface
and remove the sealant using Tool.

Tool number : KV10111100 (J-37228)


Slide (1) the Tool by tapping (2) its side with a hammer to
remove the lower oil pan from the upper oil pan.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the mating surfaces.

WBIA0566E

8. Remove the following parts:


Front cover, timing chain, oil pump drive chain; Refer to EM-40.
Oil level gauge guide.
9. Remove oil pan (upper) bolts in reverse order as shown.

: Engine front

PBIC3533J

10. Insert a screwdriver shown by the arrow ( ) and open up a


crack between oil pan (upper) and cylinder block.

: Engine front

CAUTION:
A more adhesive liquid gasket is applied compared to previ-
ous types when shipped, so it should not be forced off the
position not specified.

PBIC3534J

Revision: July 2010 EM-28 2011 Sentra


OIL PAN
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
11. After removing the bolts, separate the mating surface and
remove the sealant using Tool. A

Tool number : KV10111100 (J-37228)


Slide (1) the Tool by tapping (2) its side with a hammer to EM
remove the upper oil pan from the cylinder block.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the mating surfaces. C

WBIA0566E

D
12. Remove O-ring between cylinder block and oil pan (upper).
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
E
Oil Filter
Clean oil strainer portion (part of the oil pump) if any object attached.
INSTALLATION F
1. Use a scraper (A) to remove old liquid gasket from mating sur-
faces.
Remove the old liquid gasket from mating surface of cylinder G
block.
Remove old liquid gasket from the bolt holes and threads.
CAUTION:
Never scratch or damage the mating surfaces when clean- H
ing off old liquid gasket.

I
PBIC3949E

2. Apply the sealant without breaks to the specified location using J


Tool.
Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant or equivalent. Refer to
GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant". K

Tool number WS39930000 ( )


L
1 : Oil pan (upper)
A : 2 mm protruded to outside
B : 2 mm protruded to rear oil seal mounting side M
C : Liquid gasket
: Engine front
: Engine outside N

CAUTION:
Apply liquid gasket to outside of bolt hole for the positions
O
shown by marks.

PBIC4587E

3. Install new O-ring at cylinder block side.


CAUTION:
Install avoiding misalignment of O-ring.

Revision: July 2010 EM-29 2011 Sentra


OIL PAN
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
4. Tighten the oil pan (upper) bolts in numerical order as shown.

: Engine front

PBIC3533J

5. Install rear oil seal with the following procedure.


CAUTION:
The installation of rear oil seal should be completed within 5 minutes after installing oil pan
(upper).
Always replace rear oil seal with new one.
Never touch oil seal lip.
a. Wipe off liquid gasket protruding to the rear oil seal mating part of oil pan (upper) and cylinder block using
a scraper.
b. Apply engine oil to entire outside area of rear oil seal.
c. Press-fit the rear oil seal using a drift with outer diameter 115
mm (4.53 in) and inner diameter 90 mm (3.54 in) (A) (commer-
cial service tool).

PBIC3951E

Press-fit to the specified dimensions as shown.

1 : Rear oil seal


A : Cylinder block rear end surface
CAUTION:
Never touch the grease applied to the oil seal lip.
Be careful not to damage the rear oil seal mounting part of
oil pan (upper) and cylinder block or the crankshaft.
Press-fit straight, making sure that rear oil seal does not
curl or tilt.
NOTE: PBIC3952E

The standard surface of the dimension is the rear end surface of


cylinder block.
6. Install oil pump sprocket, oil pump drive chain and other related parts if removed.

Revision: July 2010 EM-30 2011 Sentra


OIL PAN
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
7. Use a scraper (A) to remove old liquid gasket from mating sur-
faces. A
Also remove old liquid gasket from mating surface of oil pan
(upper).
Remove old liquid gasket from the bolt holes and threads.
EM

PBIC3953E

D
8. Apply the sealant without breaks to the specified location using
Tool.
Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant or equivalent. Refer to
E
GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant"

Tool number WS39930000 ( )


F
1 : Oil pan (lower)
: Engine outside
G

PBIC4590E
K
9. Tighten bolts in numerical order as shown.

: Engine front L

10. Install oil filter with the following procedure:


a. Remove foreign materials adhering to the oil filter installation M
surface.
b. Apply new engine oil to the oil seal contact surface of new oil fil-
ter.
N
PBIC3146J

c. Screw oil filter manually until it touches the installation surface, O


then tighten it by 2/3 turn. Or tighten to specification.

Oil filter: : 17.7 Nm (1.8 kg-m, 13 ft-lb) P

SMA229B

Revision: July 2010 EM-31 2011 Sentra


OIL PAN
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
11. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
Check for any engine oil leaks with the engine at operating temperature and running at idle.

Revision: July 2010 EM-32 2011 Sentra


IGNITION COIL, SPARK PLUG AND ROCKER COVER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
IGNITION COIL, SPARK PLUG AND ROCKER COVER
A
Component INFOID:0000000006148907

EM

J
PBIC3536J

1. PCV hose 2. Rocker cover 3. Spark plug K


4. Ignition coil 5. PCV hose 6. PCV valve
7. O-ring 8. Gasket
A. To air duct B. Refer to EM-33, "Removal and Installation". C. To intake manifold L

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006148908

M
REMOVAL
1. Remove intake manifold. Refer to EM-19, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove the four ignition coils. N
CAUTION:
Handle it carefully and avoid impacts.
Never disassemble. O
3. Remove the four spark plugs using Tool.

Tool number : (J-48891) P


CAUTION:
Never drop or shock it.

Revision: July 2010 EM-33 2011 Sentra


IGNITION COIL, SPARK PLUG AND ROCKER COVER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
4. Remove rocker cover.
Loosen bolts in reverse order as shown.
Engine front

PBIC3151J

INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL


CAUTION:
Never drop or shock spark plug.
Checking and adjusting spark plug gap is not required
between change intervals.

SMA806CA

If spark plug tip is covered with carbon, a spark plug cleaner may be used.

Cleaner air pressure : Less than 588 kPa (6 kg/cm2, 85 psi)


Cleaning time : Less than 20 seconds

Never use wire brush for cleaning spark plug.

SMA773C

INSTALLATION
1. Install rocker cover gasket to rocker cover.
2. Install rocker cover.
Tighten bolts in two steps separately in numerical order as
shown.

1st step : 1.96 Nm (0.20 kg-m, 17 in-lb)


2nd step : 8.33 Nm (0.85 kg-m, 73 in-lb)
Engine front
CAUTION:
Check if rocker cover gasket is not dropped from the instal-
lation groove of rocker cover. PBIC3151J

Revision: July 2010 EM-34 2011 Sentra


IGNITION COIL, SPARK PLUG AND ROCKER COVER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
3. Install the four spark plugs using Tool.
A
Tool number : (J-48891)

Application Except for California For California EM


Make : NGK : Denso
Part number * : PLZKAR6A-11 : FXE20HR-11
C
Gap (nominal) : 1.1 mm (0.043 in) : 1.1 mm (0.043 in)
* Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
CAUTION: D
Never drop or shock it.

4. Install the four ignition coils. E


CAUTION:
Handle it carefully and avoid impacts.
Never disassemble.
5. Install intake manifold. Refer to EM-19, "Removal and Installation". F

Revision: July 2010 EM-35 2011 Sentra


FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE
Component INFOID:0000000006148909

WBIA0779E

1. Bracket 2. Bracket 3. Fuel tube


4. Clip 5. Fuel injector 6. O-ring (green)
7. O-ring (black)

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006148910

WARNING:
Put a CAUTION: FLAMMABLE sign in the workshop.
Be sure to work in a well ventilated area and furnish workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher.
Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from the work area.
CAUTION:
Apply new engine oil to parts before installing the parts, as shown above.
Do not remove or disassemble parts unless instructed as shown.
REMOVAL
1. Release the fuel pressure. Refer to EC-100, "Fuel Pressure Check" (for California) or EC-650, "Fuel Pres-
sure Check" (except for California).
2. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. Refer to SC-7, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE Battery)".

Revision: July 2010 EM-36 2011 Sentra


FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
3. Remove quick connector cap (1) from quick connector connec-
tion. A

EM

PBIC3664E
4. Disconnect fuel feed hose from hose clamp. D

1 : Quick connector cap

NOTE: E
There is no fuel return path.

PBIC3771E G

5. With the sleeve side of quick connector release facing quick connector, install quick connector release
onto fuel tube.
H
6. Insert quick connector release into quick connector until sleeve
contacts and goes no further. Hold quick connector release on
that position. I
CAUTION:
Inserting quick connector release hard will not disconnect
quick connector. Hold quick connector release where it
J
contacts and goes no further.

K
KBIA0702E

7. Draw and pull out quick connector straight from fuel tube. L
CAUTION:
Pull quick connector holding A position.
Do not pull with lateral force applied. O-ring inside quick connector may be damaged. M
Prepare container and cloth beforehand as fuel will leak out.
Avoid fire and sparks.
Keep parts away from heat source. Especially, be careful when welding is performed around
them. N
Do not expose parts to battery electrolyte or other acids.
Do not bend or twist connection between quick connector and fuel feed hose during installation/
removal. O
To keep clean the connecting portion and to avoid dam-
age and foreign materials, cover them completely with
plastic bags or something similar.
P

PBIC2205E

Revision: July 2010 EM-37 2011 Sentra


FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
8. Remove intake manifold. Refer to EM-18.

9. Remove fuel tube.


Loosen bolts in reverse order as shown.

: Engine front

PBIC3154J

10. Remove the fuel tube and fuel injector assembly.


CAUTION:
When removing, be careful to avoid any interference with fuel injector.
Use a shop cloth to absorb any fuel leaks from fuel tube.
11. Remove fuel injector from fuel tube with the following procedure:
a. Open and remove clip.
b. Remove fuel injector from fuel tube by pulling straight.
CAUTION:
Be careful with remaining fuel that may go out from fuel tube.
Be careful not to damage fuel injector nozzle during removal.
Never bump or drop fuel injector.
Never disassemble fuel injector.

INSTALLATION
1. Note the following, and install O-rings to fuel injector.
CAUTION:
Upper and lower O-rings are different. Be careful not to confuse them.

Fuel tube side : Black


Nozzle side : Green
Handle O-ring with bare hands. Never wear gloves.
Lubricate O-ring with new engine oil.
Never clean O-ring with solvent.
Make sure that O-ring and its mating part are free of foreign material.
When installing O-ring, be careful not to scratch it with tool or fingernails. Also be careful not to
twist or stretch O-ring. If O-ring was stretched while it was being attached, never insert it quickly
into fuel tube.
Insert O-ring straight into fuel tube. Never twist it.

Revision: July 2010 EM-38 2011 Sentra


FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
2. Install fuel injector (4) to fuel tube (1) with the following proce-
dure: A

3 : Oring (black)
5 : Oring (green) EM
a. Insert clip (2) into clip groove (F) on fuel injector.
Insert clip so that protrusion (G) of fuel injector matches cut-
out (D) of clip. C
CAUTION:
Never reuse clip. Replace it with a new one.
Be careful to keep clip from interfering with O-ring. If
interference occurs, replace O-ring. D
b. Insert fuel injector into fuel tube with clip attached.
Insert it while matching it to the axial center.
Insert fuel injector so that protrusion (B) of fuel tube matches E
cut-out (C) of clip.
Make sure that fuel tube flange (A) is securely fixed in flange
fixing groove (E) on clip.
F
c. Make sure that installation is complete by making sure that fuel
injector does not rotate or come off.
G
PBIC3155J

3. Set fuel tube and fuel injector assembly at its position for installation on cylinder head.
CAUTION: H
For installation, be careful not to interfere with fuel injector nozzle.
4. Tighten bolts in numerical order as shown.
I
: Engine front

PBIC3154J
L
5. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
M
Make sure there is no fuel leakage at connections as follows:
1. Apply fuel pressure to fuel lines by turning ignition switch ON (with engine stopped). Then check for fuel
leaks at connections.
N
2. Start the engine and rev it up and check for fuel leaks at connections.
NOTE:
Use mirrors for checking on connections out of the direct line of sight.
CAUTION: O
Do not touch engine immediately after stopping as engine is extremely hot.
Perform procedures for Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning after finishing repairs. Refer to EC-98,
"Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" (except for California) or EC-648, "Throttle Valve Closed Posi- P
tion Learning" (for California).
If electric throttle control actuator is replaced, perform procedures for Idle Air Volume Learning after
finishing repairs. Refer to EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning" (except for California) or EC-649, "Idle Air
Volume Learning" (for California).

Revision: July 2010 EM-39 2011 Sentra


TIMING CHAIN
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
TIMING CHAIN
Component INFOID:0000000006148911

PBIC3538J

1. Timing chain slack guide 2. Timing chain tensioner 3. Camshaft sprocket (EXH)
4. Timing chain 5. Oil filler cap 6. Front cover
Intake valve timing control solenoid
7. O-ring 8. 9. Crankshaft pulley bolt
valve
10. Crankshaft pulley 11. Front oil seal 12. Drive belt auto-tensioner
Timing chain tension guide (front cov-
13. 14. Crankshaft sprocket 15. Oil pump sprocket
er side)

Revision: July 2010 EM-40 2011 Sentra


TIMING CHAIN
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
16. Oil pump drive chain 17. Camshaft sprocket (INT) 18. Timing chain tension guide
19. O-ring 20. Chain tensioner (for oil pump) A
A. Refer to EM-41 B. Refer to EM-50

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006148912 EM

CAUTION:
The rotating direction indicated in the text indicates all directions seen from the engine front.
C
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. Refer to SC-7, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE Battery)".
2. Drain engine oil. Refer to LU-7, "Changing Engine Oil". D
NOTE:
Perform this step when engine is cold.
3. Partially drain engine coolant from the radiator. Refer to CO-12, "Changing Engine Coolant". E
4. Remove front RH wheel. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment".
5. Remove splash shield (RH). Refer to EI-23.
6. Remove the following parts. F
Rocker cover: Refer to EM-33, "Component".
Drive belt: Refer to EM-13, "Component".
Water pump pulley: Refer to CO-19, "Component". G
Ground cable (between engine bracket (RH) and radiator core support)
7. Support the bottom surface of engine using a transmission jack, and then remove the torque rod (RH),
engine mounting bracket and insulator (RH). Refer to EM-75. H
8. Set No. 1 cylinder at TDC on its compression stroke with the following procedure:
a. Rotate crankshaft pulley (1) clockwise and align TDC mark (no paint) (B) to timing indicator (A) on front
cover. I
C : White paint mark (Not use for service)

L
PBIC3960E

b. At the same time, make sure that the cam noses of the No.1 cyl-
inder are located ( ) as shown. M

1 : Camshaft (INT)
2 : Camshaft (EXH) N
: Engine front

If not, rotate crankshaft pulley one revolution (360 degrees)


O
and align as shown.

PBIC3359J
P

Revision: July 2010 EM-41 2011 Sentra


TIMING CHAIN
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
9. Hold crankshaft pulley (1) using suitable tool (A) loosen crank-
shaft pulley bolt, and locate bolt seating surface at 10 mm (0.39
in) from its original position.
CAUTION:
Never remove the crankshaft pulley bolt as it will be used as
a supporting point for the pulley puller.

PBIC3961E

10. Attach Tool (A) in the M6 thread hole on crankshaft pulley (1),
and remove crankshaft pulley.

Tool number : KV11103000 ( )

PBIC3962E

11. Remove oil pan (lower). Refer to EM-27.


NOTE:
When crankshaft sprocket, oil pump sprocket and other related parts are not removed, this step is unnec-
essary.
12. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
13. Remove drive belt auto-tensioner.

14. Loosen bolts in reverse order as shown.

PBIC3164J

Revision: July 2010 EM-42 2011 Sentra


TIMING CHAIN
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
15. Cut liquid gasket by prying the position ( ) shown, and then
remove the front cover. A
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the mating surface.
A more adhesive liquid gasket is applied compared to pre- EM
vious types when shipped, so it should not be forced off
the position not specified.

PBIC3357J

D
16. Remove front oil seal from front cover.
Lift up front oil seal using a suitable tool.
CAUTION:
E
Be careful not to damage front cover.
17. Push in timing chain tensioner plunger.
18. Insert a stopper pin (A) into the body hole to retain the plunger in
F
collapsed position.
NOTE:
Use approximately 1.5 mm (0.059 in) diameter. hard metal pin
as a stopper pin. G

19. Remove timing chain tensioner (1).


H

PBIC3165J
I

20. Remove timing chain slack guide (2), timing chain tension guide J
(3) and timing chain (1).
CAUTION:
Never rotate each crankshaft and camshaft individually
while timing chain is removed. It causes interference K
between valve and piston.

P
AWBIA0138ZZ

Revision: July 2010 EM-43 2011 Sentra


TIMING CHAIN
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
21. Press stopper tab (A) in the direction shown to push the timing
chain slack guide (B) toward timing chain tensioner (for oil
pump) (1).
The slack guide (B) is released by pressing the stopper tab
(A). As a result, the slack guide (B) can be moved.
22. Insert stopper pin (D) into tensioner body hole (C) to secure tim-
ing chain slack guide (B).
NOTE:
Use a hard metal pin with a diameter of approximately 1.2 mm
(0.047 in) as a stopper pin.
23. Remove chain tensioner (for oil pump), if necessary.

PBIC5314E

24. Remove crankshaft sprocket, oil pump sprocket and oil pump drive chain as a set, if necessary.
25. Remove timing chain tension guide (front cover side) from front cover, if necessary.

INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL


Timing Chain
Check timing chain and oil pump drive chain for cracks (A) and any
excessive wear (B) at the roller links of timing chain.
Replace timing chain and/or oil pump drive chain, if necessary.

PBIC3169J

INSTALLATION
NOTE:

Revision: July 2010 EM-44 2011 Sentra


TIMING CHAIN
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
The figure shows the relationship between the matching mark on
each timing chain and that on the corresponding sprocket, with the A
components installed.
1. Make sure that crankshaft key points straight up.
EM
1 : Timing chain
2 : Camshaft sprocket (EXH)
3 : Timing chain slack guide
C
4 : Timing chain tensioner
5 : Oil pump sprocket
6 : Oil pump drive chain D
7 : Chain tensioner (for oil pump)
8 : Crankshaft sprocket
9 : Timing chain tension guide E
10 : Camshaft sprocket (INT)
A : Matching mark (dark blue link)
B : Matching mark (stamping) F
C : Crankshaft key position (straight up)
D : Matching mark (orange link)
E : Matching mark (orange link) G
AWBIA0140ZZ
F : Matching mark (outer groove*)
NOTE:
*: There are two outer grooves in camshaft sprocket (INT). The larger one is a matching mark. H
2. If the timing chain tension guide (front cover side) is removed, install it to the front cover.
CAUTION:
Check the joint condition by sound or feeling. I
3. Install crankshaft sprocket (2), oil pump sprocket (3) and oil
pump drive chain (1).
J
A : Matching mark (stamping)
B : Matching mark (orange link)
C : Matching mark (dark blue link)
K
Install it by aligning matching marks on each sprocket and oil
pump drive chain.
If these matching marks are not aligned, rotate the oil pump L
shaft slightly to correct the position.
CAUTION: PBIC3171J

Check matching mark position of each sprocket after


installing the oil pump drive chain. M
4. Install chain tensioner (for oil pump) (1).
Fix the plunger at the most compressed position using a stop-
per pin (A), and then install it. N
Securely pull out ( ) the stopper pin after installing the chain
tensioner (for oil pump).
Check matching mark position of oil pump drive chain and O
each sprocket again.

P
AWBIA0139ZZ

Revision: July 2010 EM-45 2011 Sentra


TIMING CHAIN
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
5. Align the matching marks of each sprocket with the matching
marks of timing chain.

1 : Camshaft sprocket (EXH)


2 : Camshaft sprocket (INT)
3 : Timing chain
A : Matching mark (dark blue link)
B : Matching mark (stamping)
C : Matching mark (outer groove*)
D : Matching mark (orange link)
E : Matching mark (stamping)
NOTE:
*: There are 2 outer grooves in camshaft sprocket (INT). The
larger one is a matching mark.
If these matching marks are not aligned, rotate the camshaft
slightly by holding the hexagonal portion to correct the posi-
tion.
CAUTION:
Check matching mark position of each sprocket and timing
chain again after installing the timing chain.

PBIC3172J

6. Install the timing chain tension guide (3) and the timing chain
slack guide (2).

1 : Timing chain

AWBIA0138ZZ

7. Install timing chain tensioner (1).


Fix the plunger at the most compressed position using a stop-
per pin (A), and then install it.
Securely pull out the stopper pin after installing the timing
chain tensioner.

PBIC3165J

Revision: July 2010 EM-46 2011 Sentra


TIMING CHAIN
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
8. Check matching mark position of timing chain and each sprocket again.
9. Apply new engine oil to new front oil seal joint surface. A
10. Using a suitable tool install front oil seal so that each seal lip is oriented as shown.

A : Dust seal lip EM


B : Oil seal lip
: Engine front
: Engine rear
C

Press-fit front oil seal until it is flush with front end surface of
front cover as shown below with a suitable tool. D
Within 0.3 mm (0.012 in) toward engine front
Within 0.5 mm (0.020 in) toward engine rear PBIC3485J
E
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage front cover and crankshaft.
Press-fit oil seal straight to avoid causing burrs or tilting. F
Never touch grease applied onto oil seal lip.

G
11. Install new O-ring to cylinder block.
CAUTION:
Be sure O-rings a aligned properly.
H
12. Apply the sealant without breaks to the specified location using
Tool.
Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant or equivalent. Refer to I
GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant".

Tool number WS39930000 ( )


J

A : Liquid gasket application area


B : Liquid gasket
K
: Engine outside

PBIC3959E
O
13. Make sure that matching marks of timing chain and each sprocket are still aligned.
CAUTION:
Make sure O-ring on cylinder block is correctly installed. P
Be careful not to damage front oil seal by interference with front end of crankshaft.

Revision: July 2010 EM-47 2011 Sentra


TIMING CHAIN
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
14. Install front cover, and tighten bolts in numerical order as shown.
CAUTION:
Attaching should be done within 5 minutes after liquid gas-
ket application.
NOTE:
Use the following for the installation position of bolts.

M6 bolts : No. 1
M10 bolts : No. 6, 7, 10, 11, 14
M12 bolts : No. 2, 4, 8, 12
M8 bolts : Except the above
15. Tighten all bolts are in two stages to specified torque in numeri-
cal order as shown.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wipe off any excessive liquid gasket leaking.

PBIC3164J

16. Install crankshaft pulley using the following procedure.


a. Install crankshaft pulley.
CAUTION:
Never damage front oil seal lip section.
If needed use a plastic hammer, tap on its center portion (not circumference) to seat crankshaft
pulley.
b. Apply new engine oil to thread and seat surfaces of crankshaft pulley bolt.
c. Secure crankshaft pulley (1) using Tool (A).

Tool number : KV10109300 ( )

PBIC3961E

d. Tighten crankshaft pulley bolt in two steps.

Step 1 : 29.4 Nm (3.0 kg-m, 22 ft-lb)


Step 2 : 60 clockwise
For angle tightening, put a paint mark (B) on crankshaft pulley
(2), matching with any one of six easy to recognize angle
marks (A) on crankshaft pulley bolt (1) flange.
Turn 60 degrees clockwise (angle tightening).
Check the tightening angle with movement of one angle mark.
e. Make sure that crankshaft rotates clockwise smoothly.

PBIC3963E

Revision: July 2010 EM-48 2011 Sentra


TIMING CHAIN
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
17. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
A

EM

Revision: July 2010 EM-49 2011 Sentra


CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
CAMSHAFT
Component INFOID:0000000006148913

PBIC4589E

1. O-ring 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. Camshaft bracket


4. Camshaft sprocket (EXH) 5. Camshaft sprocket (INT) 6. Camshaft (EXH)
7. Camshaft (INT) 8. Valve lifter (EXH) 9. Valve lifter (INT)
10. Cylinder head
A. Refer to EM-50.

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006148914

REMOVAL
WARNING:
Put a CAUTION: FLAMMABLE sign in the workshop.
Be sure to work in a well ventilated area and furnish workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher.
Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from the work area.
1. Release the fuel pressure. Refer to EC-100, "Fuel Pressure Check" (for California) or EC-650, "Fuel Pres-
sure Check" (except for California).
2. Disconnect battery negative terminal. Refer to SC-7, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE Battery)".
3. Remove front RH wheel. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment".
4. Remove splash shield (RH). Refer to EI-23.
5. Partially drain engine coolant. Refer to CO-11.
NOTE:
Perform this step when engine is cold.
6. Remove the following parts.
Intake manifold; Refer to EM-18.
Revision: July 2010 EM-50 2011 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Rocker cover; Refer to EM-33.
Front cover, timing chain and related parts; Refer to EM-40. A
Generator; Refer to SC-32, "Removal and Installation MR20DE".
7. Remove camshaft position sensor (PHASE) from camshaft bracket.
CAUTION: EM
Handle carefully to avoid dropping and shocks.
Never disassemble.
Never allow metal powder to adhere to magnetic part at sensor tip.
Never place sensor in a location where it is exposed to magnetism. C
8. Put the matching mark (A) on the camshaft sprocket (INT) (2)
and the camshaft bracket (1) as shown.
D
: Engine front

NOTE:
It prevents the knock pin of the camshaft (INT) from engaging E
with the incorrect pin hole when installing the camshaft sprocket
(INT).
F
PBIC3992J

9. Remove camshaft sprockets (INT) (1) and (EXH) (2). G


Secure hexagonal part (A) of camshaft with a wrench. Loosen
camshaft sprocket bolts and remove camshaft sprocket.
CAUTION: H
Never rotate crankshaft or camshaft while timing chain
is removed. It causes interference between valve and
piston.
Never loosen the bolts with securing anything other I
than the camshaft hexagonal part or with tensioning the
timing chain.
J
PBIC3454J

10. Loosen bolts in reverse order as shown. K

: Engine front
L

PBIC3176J N

11. Cut liquid gasket by prying the position ( ) shown, and then
remove the camshaft bracket.
O
: Engine front

CAUTION: P
Be careful not to damage the mating surface.
A more adhesive liquid gasket is applied compared to pre-
vious types when shipped, so it should not be forced off
the position not specified.
PBIC3358J

12. Remove camshafts.


Revision: July 2010 EM-51 2011 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
13. Remove valve lifters, if necessary.
NOTE:
Identify installed positions, and store them without mixing them up.
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Camshaft Runout
1. Put V-block on a precise flat table, and support No. 2 and 5 jour-
nal of camshaft.
CAUTION:
Never support No. 1 journal (on the side of camshaft
sprocket) because it has a different diameter from the other
four locations.
2. Set dial indicator (A) vertically to No. 3 journal.
3. Turn camshaft to one direction with hands, and measure the
camshaft runout on dial indicator. (Total indicator reading)

PBIC3177J
Standard : Less than 0.02 mm (0.0008 in).
Limit : 0.05 mm (0.0020 in)
4. If it exceeds the limit, replace camshaft.
Camshaft Cam Height
1. Measure the camshaft cam height with a micrometer (A).

Standard:
Intake : 44.605 - 44.795 mm (1.7560 - 1.7635 in)
Exhaust : 43.175 - 43.365 mm (1.6997 - 1.7072 in)

Limit:
Intake : 44.405 mm (1.7482 in)
Exhaust : 42.975 mm (1.6919 in)
PBIC3178J

2. If it exceeds the limit, replace camshaft.


Camshaft Journal Oil Clearance
CAMSHAFT JOURNAL OUTER DIAMETER
Measure the outer diameter of camshaft journal with a micrometer
(A).

Standard:
No. 1 : 27.935 - 27.955 mm (1.0998 - 1.1006 in)
No. 2, 3, 4, 5 : 24.950 - 24.970 mm (0.9823 - 0.9831 in)

PBIC3179J

CAMSHAFT BRACKET INNER DIAMETER


Tighten camshaft bracket bolts with specified torque. Follow the "INSTALLATION" tightening procedure.

Revision: July 2010 EM-52 2011 Sentra


CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Measure the inner diameter of camshaft bracket with a bore gauge
(A). A

B : Measuring direction of inner diameter

EM
Standard:
No. 1 : 28.000 - 28.021 mm (1.1024 - 1.1032 in)
No. 2, 3, 4, 5 : 25.000 - 25.021 mm (0.9843 - 0.9851 in) C

PBIC3180J

D
CAMSHAFT JOURNAL OIL CLEARANCE
(Oil clearance) = (Camshaft bracket inner diameter) (Camshaft journal diameter)
E
Standard:
No. 1 : 0.045 - 0.086 mm (0.0018 - 0.0034 in)
No. 2, 3, 4, 5 : 0.030 - 0.071 mm (0.0012 - 0.0028 in) F
Limit:
: 0.15 mm (0.0059 in)
G
If it exceeds the limit, replace camshaft or cylinder head, or both.
NOTE:
Camshaft bracket cannot be replaced as a single part, because it is machined together with cylinder head.
Replace whole cylinder head assembly. H

Camshaft End Play


1. Install camshaft in cylinder head. Follow the "INSTALLATION" tightening procedure. I
2. Install dial indicator in thrust direction on front end of camshaft.
Read the end play of dial indicator (A) when camshaft is moved
forward/backward (in direction to axis).
J
Standard : 0.075 - 0.153 mm (0.0030 - 0.0060 in)
Limit : 0.24 mm (0.0094 in)
K

L
PBIC3181J

Measure the following parts if out of the standard. M


- Dimension A for groove of cylinder head No. 1 journal

Standard : 4.000 - 4.030 mm (0.1575 - 0.1587 in)


N
- Dimension B for camshaft flange

Standard : 3.877 - 3.925 mm (0.1526 - 0.1545 in) O


Use the standards above, and then replace camshaft and/or
cylinder head.
PBIC3183J P
Camshaft Sprocket Runout
1. Put V-block on precise flat table, and support No. 2 and 5 journals of camshaft.
CAUTION:
Never support No. 1 journal (on the side of camshaft sprocket) because it has a different diameter
from the other four locations.

Revision: July 2010 EM-53 2011 Sentra


CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
2. Measure the camshaft sprocket runout with a dial indicator (A).
(Total indicator reading)

Limit : 0.15 mm (0.0059 in)


If it exceeds the limit, replace camshaft sprocket.

PBIC3182J

Valve Lifter
Check if surface of valve lifter has any wear or cracks.
If anything above is found, replace valve lifter. Refer to EM-58,
"Valve Clearance".

KBIA0182E

Valve Lifter Clearance


VALVE LIFTER OUTER DIAMETER
Measure the outer diameter of valve lifter with a micrometer (A).

Standard:
Intake : 33.977 - 33.987 mm (1.3377 - 1.3381 in)
Exhaust : 29.977 - 29.987 mm (1.1802 - 1.1806 in)

PBIC3185J

VALVE LIFTER HOLE DIAMETER


Measure the diameter of valve lifter hole of cylinder head with an
inside micrometer (A).

Standard:
Intake : 34.000 - 34.021 mm (1.3386 - 1.3394 in)
Exhaust : 30.000 - 30.021 mm (1.1811 - 1.1819 in)
VALVE LIFTER CLEARANCE
(Valve lifter clearance) = (Valve lifter hole diameter) (Valve lifter
outer diameter)
PBIC3184J

Standard: 0.013 - 0.044 mm (0.0005 - 0.0017 in)


If out of the standard, referring to the each standard of valve lifter outer diameter and valve lifter hole diame-
ter, replace either or both valve lifter and cylinder head.
INSTALLATION
1. Install valve lifters.
Install them in the original positions.
2. Install camshafts.

Revision: July 2010 EM-54 2011 Sentra


CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Clean camshaft journal to remove any foreign material.
Distinguish between the intake and the exhaust by looking at A
the different shapes of the front and rear ends of the camshaft
or using the identification colors (A) and (B).
EM
1 : Camshaft (EXH)
2 : Camshaft (INT)

C
Identification color A B
Camshaft (EXH) Yellow
Camshaft (INT) Yellow PBIC3188J D

Install camshafts so that camshaft dowel pins (A) on the front


side are positioned as shown. E

1 : Camshaft (EXH)
2 : Camshaft (INT) F
NOTE:
Though camshaft does not stop at the positions as shown, for
the placement of cam nose, it is generally accepted camshaft G
is placed for the same direction as shown.

PBIC3189J
H
3. Remove foreign material completely from camshaft bracket backside and from cylinder head installation
face.
4. Apply liquid gasket (A) to camshaft bracket as shown. I
Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant or equivalent. Refer to
GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant".
J
Tool number WS39930000 ( )

B : Plug hole inner wall K


: Engine front
: Engine outside
L

PBIC3964E
P

Revision: July 2010 EM-55 2011 Sentra


CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
5. Install camshaft bracket bolts in three stage in numerical order
as shown in numerical order as shown.

: Engine front

There are two types of bolts. Use the following to locate bolts.

M6 bolts [thread length: 57.5 mm (2.264 in)]


: 13, 14 and 15
M6 bolts [thread length: 35.00 mm (1.378 in)]
PBIC3176J
: Except the above
6. Tighten all bolts in numerical order in three steps.

Step 1 : 1.96 Nm (0.20 kg-m, 17 in-lb)


Step 2 : 5.88 Nm (0.60 kg-m, 52 in-lb)
Step 3 : 9.5 Nm (0.97 kg-m, 84 in-lb)
7. Install the camshaft sprocket (INT) to the camshaft (INT).
NOTE:
When the camshaft sprocket (INT) (2) is removed, align the
paint mark (A) put according to step 8. Securely align the
knock pin and the pin hole, and then install them.

1 : Camshaft bracket
: Engine front

PBIC3992J

8. Install camshaft (INT) sprocket bolt. with the following steps.

1 : Camshaft (INT) sprocket


A : Camshaft (INT) hexagonal part

Step 1 : 35.0 Nm (3.6 kg-m, 26 ft-lb)


Step 2 : Turn clockwise 67 degrees (angle tighten-
ing) using Tool (B).

Tool number : KV10112100 (BT-8653-A) PBIC3455J

CAUTION:
Never judge by visual inspection without an angle wrench.
NOTE:
Secure the hexagonal part of camshaft (INT) using wrench to tighten bolt.

Revision: July 2010 EM-56 2011 Sentra


CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
9. Install camshaft (EXH) sprocket (2).
A
1 : Camshaft (INT) sprocket

Camshaft (EXH) sprocket bolt : 88.2 Nm (9.0 kg-m, EM


65 ft-lb)
NOTE:
Secure the hexagonal part (A) of camshaft (EXH) using wrench C
to tighten bolt.
PBIC3454J

D
10. Install timing chain and related parts. Refer to EM-40.
11. Inspect and adjust valve clearance. Refer to EM-58, "Valve Clearance".
12. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal. E

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


Before starting engine, check oil/fluid levels including engine coolant and engine oil. If less than required F
quantity, fill to the specified level. Refer to MA-22, "ENGINE OIL : Inspection".
Use procedure below to check for fuel leakage.
Turn ignition switch ON (with engine stopped). With fuel pressure applied to fuel piping, check for fuel leak- G
age at connection points.
Start engine. With engine speed increased, check again for fuel leakage at connection points.
Run engine to check for unusual noise and vibration.
NOTE: H
If hydraulic pressure inside timing chain tensioner drops after removal and installation, slack in the guide
may generate a pounding noise during and just after engine start. However, this is normal. Noise will stop
after hydraulic pressure rises. I
Warm up engine thoroughly to make sure there is no leakage of fuel, exhaust gas, or any oils/fluids including
engine oil and engine coolant.
Bleed air from passages in lines and hoses, such as in cooling system.
After cooling down engine, again check oil/fluid levels including engine oil and engine coolant. Refill to spec- J
ified level, if necessary.
Summary of the inspection items:
K
Item Before starting engine Engine running After engine stopped
Engine coolant Level Leakage Level
Engine oil Level Leakage Level L

Transmission/ A/T and CVT Models Leakage Level/Leakage Leakage


transaxle fluid M/T Models Level/Leakage Leakage Level/Leakage
M
Other oils and fluids* Level Leakage Level
Fuel Leakage Leakage Leakage
Exhaust gas Leakage N
*Power steering fluid, brake fluid, etc.

Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove


O
CAUTION:
Perform this inspection only when DTC P0011 is detected in self-diagnostic results of CONSULT-III
and it is directed according to inspection procedure of EC section. Refer to EC-608, "Introduction".
Check when engine is cold so as to prevent burns from the splashing engine oil. P
1. Check engine oil level. Refer to MA-22, "ENGINE OIL : Inspection".
2. Perform the following procedure so as to prevent the engine from being unintentionally started while
checking.
a. Remove intake manifold. Refer to EM-19, "Removal and Installation".
b. Disconnect ignition coil and injector harness connectors.
3. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-41, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: July 2010 EM-57 2011 Sentra


CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
4. Clean the mating area of intake valve timing control solenoid
valve. Insert a clean shop cloth (with no oil adhesion) into the oil
hole (A) of the cylinder head.

1 : Front cover
:Vehicle front

5. Install engine mounting bracket (RH), engine mounting insulator,


and torque rod (RH) under the Step 4 condition. (With intake
valve timing control solenoid valve removed, and a shop cloth
inserted into the oil hole.) WBIA0781E

6. Crank engine, and then make sure that engine oil comes out
from intake valve timing control solenoid valve hole (A). End crank after checking.
Check engine oil leakage by oil amount adhered to the waste inserted into the oil hole.
WARNING:
Be careful not to touch rotating parts (drive belts, idler pulley, and crankshaft pulley, etc.).
CAUTION:
Do not perform cranking without installing right engine mount bracket, right engine mount insu-
lator, and right torque rod.
Prevent splashing by using a shop cloth so as to prevent the worker from injury from engine oil
and so as to prevent engine oil contamination.
Prevent splashing by using a shop cloth so as to prevent engine oil from being splashed to
engine and vehicle. Especially, be careful not to apply engine oil to rubber parts of drive belts,
engine mounting insulator, etc. Wipe engine oil off immediately if it is splashed.
7. Perform the following inspection if engine oil does not come out from intake valve timing control solenoid
valve oil hole of the cylinder head.
Remove oil filter (for intake valve timing control), and then clean it. Refer to EM-40, "Component".
Clean oil groove between oil strainer and intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-41,
"Removal and Installation".
8. Remove components between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and camshaft sprocket (INT),
and then check each oil groove for clogging.
Clean oil groove if necessary. Refer to LU-5, "Lubrication Circuit".
9. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal
Valve Clearance INFOID:0000000006148915

INSPECTION
Perform inspection as follows after removal, installation or replacement of camshaft or valve-related parts, or if
there is unusual engine conditions regarding valve clearance.
1. Remove rocker cover. Refer to EM-33.
2. Measure the valve clearance with the following procedure:
a. Set No. 1 cylinder at TDC of its compression stroke.
Rotate crankshaft pulley (1) clockwise and align TDC mark (no paint) (B) to timing indicator (A) on front
cover.

C : White paint mark (Not use for service)

PBIC3960E

Revision: July 2010 EM-58 2011 Sentra


CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
At the same time, make sure that both intake and exhaust cam
noses of No. 1 cylinder face inside ( ) as shown. A

1 : Camshaft (INT)
2 : Camshaft (EXH) EM
: Engine front

If they do not face inside, rotate crankshaft pulley once more


(360 degrees) and align as shown. C

PBIC3359J

D
b. Use a feeler gauge, measure the clearance between valve lifter
and camshaft.
E

G
PBIC3192J

Valve clearance:
Unit: mm (in) H
Cold Hot * (reference data)
Intake 0.26 - 0.34 (0.010 - 0.013) 0.304 - 0.416 (0.012 - 0.016)
I
Exhaust 0.29 - 0.37 (0.011 - 0.015) 0.308 - 0.432 (0.012 - 0.017)
*: Approximately 80C (176F)
By referring to the figure, measure the valve clearances at
J
locations marked as shown in the table below [locations
indicated with black arrow ( )] with a feeler gauge.
No. 1 cylinder compression TDC
K
Measuring position No. 1 CYL. No. 2 CYL. No. 3 CYL. No. 4 CYL.

No. 1 cylinder at EXH


compression TDC L
INT

A : Exhaust side PBIC3193J


M
B : No.1 cylinder
C : No.2 cylinder
D : No.3 cylinder
N
E : No.4 cylinder
F : Intake side
: Engine front
O
c. Set No.4 cylinder at TDC of its compression stroke.

Revision: July 2010 EM-59 2011 Sentra


CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Rotate crankshaft pulley (1) one revolution (360 degrees) and
align TDC mark (no paint) (B) to timing indicator (A) on front
cover.

C : White paint mark (Not use for service)

PBIC3960E

By referring to the figure, measure the valve clearance at loca-


tions marked as shown in the table below [locations indi-
cated with black arrow ( )] with a feeler gauge.
No. 4 cylinder compression TDC

Measuring position No. 1 CYL. No. 2 CYL. No. 3 CYL. No. 4 CYL.

No. 4 cylinder at EXH


compression TDC INT

A : Exhaust side PBIC3194J

B : No.1 cylinder
C : No.2 cylinder
D : No.3 cylinder
E : No.4 cylinder
F : Intake side
: Engine front

3. If out of standard, perform adjustment.


ADJUSTMENT
Perform adjustment depending on selected head thickness of valve lifter.
1. Remove camshaft. Refer to EM-50, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove valve lifters at the locations that are out of the standard.
3. Measure the center thickness of the removed valve lifters with a
micrometer (A).

PBIC3195J

4. Use the equation below to calculate valve lifter thickness for replacement.

Valve lifter thickness calculation: t = t1 + (C1 C2)


t = Valve lifter thickness to be replaced
t1 = Removed valve lifter thickness
C1 = Measured valve clearance
C2 = Standard valve clearance:

Revision: July 2010 EM-60 2011 Sentra


CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Intake : 0.30 mm (0.012 in)
A
Exhaust : 0.33 mm (0.013 in)
Thickness of new valve lifter (B) can be identified by stamp
mark (A) on the reverse side (inside the cylinder). EM
Stamp mark 302 indicates 3.02 mm (0.1189 in) in thickness.

PBIC3196J

E
NOTE:
Available thickness of valve lifter: 26 sizes range 3.00 to 3.50 mm (0.1181 to 0.1378 in) in steps of 0.02
mm (0.0008 in) (when manufactured at factory). Refer to EM-108, "Standard and Limit". F
5. Install the selected valve lifter.
6. Install camshaft. Refer to EM-50, "Removal and Installation".
7. Install timing chain and related parts. Refer to EM-40. G
8. Manually rotate crankshaft pulley a few rotations.
9. Make sure that the valve clearances are within the standard.
10. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal. H

Revision: July 2010 EM-61 2011 Sentra


OIL SEAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
OIL SEAL
Removal and Installation of Valve Oil Seal INFOID:0000000006148916

REMOVAL
1. Remove camshafts. Refer to EM-50, "Component".
2. Remove valve lifters. Refer to EM-50.
3. Rotate crankshaft, and set piston whose valve oil seal is to be removed to TDC. This will prevent valve
from dropping into cylinder.
CAUTION:
When rotating crankshaft, be careful to avoid scarring front cover with timing chain.
4. Remove valve collet.
Compress valve spring using Tool, the attachment and the
adapter (A). Remove valve collet with a suitable magnet hand
(B).
CAUTION:
When working, be careful not to damage valve lifter holes.

Tool number : KV101092S0 (J-26336-B)

PBIC3727E

5. Remove valve spring retainer, valve spring and valve spring seat.
6. Remove valve oil seal using Tool (A).

Tool number :KV10107902 (J-38959)

PBIC3728E

INSTALLATION
1. Apply new engine oil to valve oil seal joint surface and seal lip.
2. Press in valve oil seal to the height H shown using Tool (A).

Height H : 15.1 - 15.7 mm (0.594 - 0.618 in)

Tool number : KV10115600 ( )

PBIC3211J

3. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.


Removal and Installation of Front Oil Seal INFOID:0000000006148917

REMOVAL
1. Remove the following parts.
RH front wheel and tire; Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment".

Revision: July 2010 EM-62 2011 Sentra


OIL SEAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Splash shield (RH); Refer to EI-23.
Drive belt; Refer to EM-13, "Component". A
Crankshaft pulley; Refer to EM-40, "Component".
2. Remove front oil seal using a suitable tool.
CAUTION: EM
Be careful not to damage front cover and crankshaft.

INSTALLATION C
1. Apply new engine oil to new front oil seal joint surface and seal lip.
2. Install front oil seal so that each seal lip is oriented as shown.
D
A : Dust seal lip
B : Oil seal lip
: Engine outside E
: Engine inside

PBIC3485J

G
Install front oil seal (2) using a suitable tool with outer diameter
57 mm (2.24 in) and inner diameter 45 mm (1.77 in) (A) to the
dimension as shown. H

1: Front cover
: Front I
Within 0.3 mm (0.012 in) toward engine front
Within 0.5 mm (0.019 in) toward engine rear
J
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage front cover and crankshaft. PBIC3729E

Press-fit oil seal straight to avoid causing burrs or tilt-


ing. K
Do not touch grease applied on oil seal lip.
3. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
L
Removal and Installation of Rear Oil Seal INFOID:0000000006148918

REMOVAL M
1. Remove engine assembly. Refer to EM-76, "Removal and Installation" (M/T models), EM-76, "Removal
and Installation" (CVT models).
2. Remove clutch cover and clutch disc (M/T models). Refer to CL-15. N
3. Remove drive plate (CVT models) or flywheel (M/T models). Refer to EM-80, "Component".
4. Remove rear oil seal with a suitable tool.
CAUTION: O
Be careful not to damage crankshaft and cylinder block.
INSTALLATION
1. Apply the liquid gasket lightly to entire outside area of new rear oil seal. P
Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Prod-
uct and Sealant".

Revision: July 2010 EM-63 2011 Sentra


OIL SEAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
2. Install rear oil seal so that each seal lip is oriented as shown.

A : Dust seal lip


B : Oil seal lip
: Engine outside
: Engine inside

PBIC3485J

Install rear oil seal with a suitable tool with an outer diameter
115 mm (4.53 in) and inner diameter 90 mm (3.54 in) (A).
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage crankshaft and cylinder block.
Press-fit oil seal straight to avoid causing burrs or tilt-
ing.
Do not touch grease applied onto oil seal lip.

PBIC3951E

Install rear oil seal (1) to the position as shown.

A : Rear end surface of cylinder block

NOTE:
The standard surface of the dimension is the rear end surface of
cylinder block.

PBIC3761E

3. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: July 2010 EM-64 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER HEAD
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
CYLINDER HEAD
A
On-Vehicle Service INFOID:0000000006148919

CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE EM


1. Warm up engine thoroughly. Then, stop it.
2. Release fuel pressure. Refer to EC-100, "Fuel Pressure Check" (for California) or EC-650, "Fuel Pressure
Check" (except for California). C
3. Disconnect fuel pump fuse (1) to avoid fuel injection during mea-
surement.
D
: Vehicle front

F
PBIA9861J

4. Remove engine cover. G


5. Remove ignition coil and spark plug from each cylinder. Refer to EM-33.
6. Connect an engine tachometer (not required in use of CONSULT-III).
H
7. Install a suitable compression tester (B) with an adapter (A) onto
spark plug hole.

K
LBIA0459E

Use the adapter whose picking up end inserted to spark plug L


hole is smaller than 20 mm (0.79 in) in diameter. Otherwise, it
may be caught by cylinder head during removal.

SBIA0533E
O
8. With accelerator pedal fully depressed, turn ignition switch to START for cranking. When the gauge
pointer stabilizes, read the compression pressure and the engine rpm. Perform these steps to check each
cylinder. P
Compression pressure:
Unit: kPa (bar, kg/cm2 psi) /rpm

Standard Minimum Differential limit between cylinders


1,390 (13.9, 14.2, 202) / 250 1,140 (11.4, 11.6, 165) / 250 100 (1.0, 1.0, 15) / 250
CAUTION:

Revision: July 2010 EM-65 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER HEAD
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Always use fully a charged battery to obtain the specified engine speed.
If the engine speed is out of the specified range, check battery liquid for proper gravity. Check engine
speed again with normal battery gravity.
If compression pressure is below minimum value, check valve clearances and parts associated with
combustion chamber (Valve, valve seat, piston, piston ring, cylinder bore, cylinder head, cylinder head
gasket). After the checking, measure the compression pressure again.
If some cylinder has low compression pressure, pour small amount of engine oil into the spark plug hole
of the cylinder to re-check it for compression.
- If the added engine oil improves the compression, piston rings may be worn out or damaged. Check pis-
ton rings and replace if necessary.
- If the compression pressure remains at low level despite the addition of engine oil, valves may be mal-
functioning. Check valves for damage. Replace valve or valve seat accordingly.
If two adjacent cylinders have respectively low compression pressure and their compression remains
low even after the addition of engine oil, cylinder head gasket is leaking. In such a case, replace cylinder
head gasket.
9. After inspection is completed, install removed parts.
10. Start the engine, and confirm that the engine runs smoothly.
11. Perform trouble diagnosis. If DTC appears, erase it. Refer to EC-653, "Trouble Diagnosis Introduction"
(for California) or EC-653, "Trouble Diagnosis Introduction" (except for California).
Component INFOID:0000000006148920

PBIC3542J

1. Cylinder head assembly 2. Cylinder head bolt 3. Cylinder head gasket


A. Refer to EM-66

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006148921

REMOVAL
WARNING:
Put a CAUTION: FLAMMABLE sign in the workshop.
Be sure to work in a well ventilated area and furnish workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher.
Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from the work area.
1. Drain engine coolant and engine oil. Refer to CO-11 and LU-7, "Changing Engine Oil".
2. Remove the following components and related parts.
Exhaust manifold; Refer to EM-23.
Intake manifold; Refer to EM-18.
Fuel tube and fuel injector assembly; Refer to EM-36.
Water inlet and thermostat. Refer toCO-22, "Removal and Installation" .
Water outlet; Refer to CO-24.

Revision: July 2010 EM-66 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER HEAD
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Rocker cover; Refer to EM-33.
Front cover, timing chain; Refer to EM-40. A
Camshaft; Refer to EM-50.
3. Remove cylinder head.
Loosen bolts in reverse order as shown. EM

: Engine front

Using TORX socket (size E18), loosen cylinder head bolts. C


4. Remove cylinder head gasket.

PBIC3206J

INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL E

Cylinder Head Bolts Outer Diameter


Cylinder head bolts are tightened by plastic zone tightening F
method. Whenever the size difference between d1 and d2
exceeds the limit, replace them with a new one.

Limit (d1d2): 0.15 mm (0.0059 in) G

If reduction of outer diameter appears in a position other than d2,


use it as d2 point.
H

PBIC3994E
I
Cylinder Head Distortion
NOTE:
When performing this inspection, cylinder block distortion should be also checked. Refer to EM-97, "Inspection J
After Disassembly".
1. Wipe off engine oil and remove water scale (like deposit), gasket, sealant, carbon, etc. with a scraper.
CAUTION: K
Use utmost care not to allow gasket debris to enter passages for engine oil or water.
2. At each of several locations on bottom surface of cylinder head,
measure the distortion in six directions using straightedge (A)
L
and feeler gauge (B).

Limit: 0.1 mm (0.004 in)


M
If it exceeds the limit, replace cylinder head.

PBIC3207J

O
INSTALLATION
1. Install cylinder head gasket.
2. Apply new engine oil to threads and seating surface of bolts. P
CAUTION:
If cylinder head bolts re-used, check their outer diameters before installation. Follow the "Cylinder
Head Bolts Outer Diameter" procedure.

Revision: July 2010 EM-67 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER HEAD
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
3. Install cylinder head, follow the steps below to tighten cylinder
head bolts in numerical order as shown.

Step a : 40 Nm (4.1 kg-m, 30 ft-lb)


Step b : 100 clockwise
Step c : Loosen to 0 Nm in the reverse order of tight-
ening.
Step d : 40 Nm (4.1 kg-m, 30 ft-lb)
Step e : 100 clockwise
PBIC3206J
Step f : 100 clockwise
: Engine front
CAUTION:
Check and confirm the tightening angle by using Tool (A) or
protractor. Never judge by visual inspection without the
tool.

Tool number : KV10112100 (BT-8653-A)

PBIC3208J

4. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.


Component INFOID:0000000006148922

PBIC3543J

Revision: July 2010 EM-68 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER HEAD
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]

Valve spring (EXH) A


1. Valve collet 2. Valve spring retainer 3.
(with valve spring seat)
4. Valve oil seal 5. Valve guide (EXH) 6. Valve seat (EXH)
7. Valve (EXH) 8. Valve (INT) 9. Valve seat (INT)
EM
10. Cylinder head 11. Valve guide (INT) 12. Spark plug
Valve spring (INT)
13.
(with valve spring seat)
C
A. Refer to EM-70 B. Refer to EM-70

Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000006148923

D
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove spark plug using suitable tool.
E
2. Remove valve lifter.
Identify installation positions, and store them without mixing them up.
3. Remove valve collet.
Compress valve spring using Tool, attachment and adapter F
(A). Remove valve collet using a suitable magnet hand.
CAUTION:
When working, be careful not to damage valve lifter holes. G

Tool number : KV101092S0 (J-26336-B)


H

PBIC3209J
I

4. Remove valve spring retainer and valve spring (with valve spring seat).
CAUTION: J
Never remove valve spring seat from valve spring.
5. Push valve stem to combustion chamber side, and remove valve.
NOTE:
Identify installed positions, and store them without mixing them up. K
6. Remove valve oil seal using Tool (A).

Tool number : KV10107902 (J-38959) L

PBIC3210J

7. When valve seat must be replaced, refer to EM-70, "Inspection After Disassembly" to removal. O
8. When valve guide must be replaced, refer to EM-70, "Inspection After Disassembly" to removal.
ASSEMBLY
P
1. Install valve guide if removed. Refer to EM-70, "Inspection After Disassembly".
2. Install valve seat if removed. Refer to EM-70, "Inspection After Disassembly".

Revision: July 2010 EM-69 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER HEAD
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
3. Install valve oil seal.
Install with a valve oil seal using Tool (A) to match dimension
as shown.

Tool number : KV10115600 (J-38958)


NOTE:
Dimension H is height that measured before installing valve
spring (with valve spring seat).

Height H : 15.1 - 15.7 mm (0.594 - 0.618 in)


PBIC3211J

4. Install valve.
Install larger diameter to intake side.

5. Install valve spring (with valve spring seat).


Install smaller pitch (valve spring seat side) to cylinder head
side (B).
Confirm identification color (A) of valve spring.

1 : Valve spring seat (Do not remove from valve spring.)

Intake : White
Exhaust : Orange
PBIC3462J

6. Install valve spring retainer.


7. Install valve collet.
Compress valve spring using Tool (A). Install valve collet with a magnet hand.

Tool number : KV101092S0 (J-26336 B)


CAUTION:
When working, be careful not to damage valve lifter holes.
Tap valve stem edge lightly with a plastic hammer after instal-
lation to check its installed condition.

PBIC3209J

8. Install valve lifter.


Install it in the original position.
9. Install spark plug using suitable tool.
Inspection After Disassembly INFOID:0000000006148924

VALVE DIMENSIONS
Check dimensions of each valve. For dimensions, refer to EM-108, "Standard and Limit".
If dimensions are out of the standard, replace valve.
VALVE GUIDE CLEARANCE
Valve Stem Diameter

Revision: July 2010 EM-70 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER HEAD
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Measure the diameter of valve stem with a micrometer (A).
A
Standard
Intake : 5.465 - 5.480 mm (0.2152 - 0.2157 in)
Exhaust : 5.455 - 5.470 mm (0.2148 - 0.2154 in) EM

PBIC3213J

D
Valve Guide Inner Diameter
Measure the inner diameter of valve guide with a bore gauge.

Standard E
: 5.500 - 5.518 mm (0.2165 - 0.2172 in)
Valve Guide Clearance F
(Valve guide clearance) = (Valve guide inner diameter) (Valve stem diameter).

Valve guide clearance: G


Standard
Intake : 0.020 - 0.053 mm (0.0008 - 0.0021 in)
Exhaust : 0.030 - 0.063 mm (0.0012 - 0.0025 in) H
Limit
: 0.1 mm (0.004 in)
I
If it exceeds the limit, replace valve guide and/or valve.
VALVE GUIDE REPLACEMENT
When valve guide is removed, replace with oversized [0.2 mm (0.008 in)] valve guide. J
1. To remove valve guide, heat cylinder head to 110 to 130C
(230 to 266F) by soaking in heated oil (A).
K

M
PBIC3214J

N
2. Drive out valve guide using suitable tools.
CAUTION:
Cylinder head contains heat, when working, wear protective
equipment to avoid getting burned. O

SEM931C

Revision: July 2010 EM-71 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER HEAD
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
3. Ream cylinder head valve guide hole using suitable tool (A).

Valve guide hole diameter (for service parts):


: 9.675 - 9.696 mm (0.3809 - 0.3817 in)

PBIC3215J

4. Heat cylinder head to 110 to 130C (230 to 266F) by soaking


in heated oil (A).

PBIC3214J

5. Press valve guide (1) from camshaft side to dimensions as


shown.

2 : Cylinder head

Projection H : 13.35 - 13.65 mm (0.526 - 0.537 in)


CAUTION:
Cylinder head contains heat, when working, wear protective
equipment to avoid getting burned.
PBIC3217J

6. Apply reamer finish to valve guide using suitable tool (A).

Standard
: 5.500 - 5.518 mm (0.2165 - 0.2172 in)

PBIC3215J

VALVE SEAT CONTACT


After confirming that the dimensions of valve guides and valves are within specifications, perform this proce-
dure.
Apply prussian blue (or white lead) onto contacting surface of valve seat to check the condition of the valve
contact on the surface.

Revision: July 2010 EM-72 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER HEAD
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Check if the contact area band is continuous all around the circum-
ference. A
If not, grind to adjust valve fitting and check again. If the contacting
surface still has NG conditions even after the re-check, replace
valve seat.
EM

SBIA0322E

D
VALVE SEAT REPLACEMENT
When valve seat is removed, replace with oversized [0.5 mm (0.020 in)] valve seat.
1. Bore out old seat until it collapses. Boring should not continue beyond the bottom face of the seat recess
E
in cylinder head. Set the machine depth stop to ensure this. Refer to EM-108, "Standard and Limit".
2. Ream cylinder head (1) recess diameter for service valve seat.

2 : Valve seat F

Oversize [0.5 mm (0.020 in)]


G
Intake : 35.200 - 35.227 mm (1.3858 - 1.3869 in)
Exhaust : 29.200 - 29.227 mm (1.1496 - 1.1507 in)
Be sure to ream in circles concentric to the valve guide center. H
This will enable valve seat to fit correctly.
PBIC3218J

I
3. Heat cylinder head to 110 to 130C (230 to 266F) by soaking
in heated oil (A).
J

L
PBIC3214J

4. Provide valve seats cooled well with dry ice. Press-fit valve seat into cylinder head.
CAUTION: M
Never touch cold valve seats directly.
Cylinder head contains heat, when working, wear protective equipment to avoid getting burned.
5. Using valve seat cutter set or valve seat grinder, finish valve N
seat to the specified dimensions. For dimensions, refer to EM-
108, "Standard and Limit".
CAUTION: O
When using valve seat cutter, firmly grip the cutter handle
with both hands. Then, press on the contacting surface all
around the circumference to cut in a single drive. Improper
pressure on with the cutter or cutting many different times P
may result in stage valve seat.

SEM934C

6. Using compound, grind to adjust valve fitting.


7. Check again for normal contact. Use the "VALVE SEAT CONTACT" procedure.

Revision: July 2010 EM-73 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER HEAD
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
VALVE SPRING SQUARENESS
Set try square along the side of valve spring and rotate the spring.
Measure the maximum clearance between the top of valve spring
and try square.
CAUTION:
Never remove valve spring seat from valve spring.

Limit: 1.9 mm (0.075 in)


If it exceeds the limit, replace valve spring (with valve spring seat).

PBIC0080E

VALVE SPRING DIMENSIONS AND VALVE SPRING PRESSURE LOAD


Check valve spring pressure with valve spring seat installed at the
specified spring height.
CAUTION:
Never remove valve spring seat from valve spring.

SEM113

Standard:
Items Intake Exhaust
Free height 44.90 - 45.10 mm (1.7677 - 1.7755 in) 45.74 - 45.94 mm (1.8007 - 1.8086 in)
Installation height 35.30 mm (1.390 in) 35.30 mm (1.390 in)
Installation load 153 - 173 N (15.6 - 17.6 kg, 34 - 39 lb) 139 - 157 N (14.2 - 16 kg, 10 - 35 lb)
Height during valve open 26.36 mm (1.0377 in) 27.80 mm (1.0944 in)
Load with valve open 335 - 377 N (34.2 - 38.5 kg, 75 - 85 lb) 266 - 297 N (27.1 - 3.03 kg, 60 - 67 lb)
Identification color White Orange
If the installation load or load with valve open is out of the standard, replace valve spring (with valve spring
seat).

Revision: July 2010 EM-74 2011 Sentra


ENGINE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
A
Component INFOID:0000000006148925

M/T Models EM

AWBIA0976GB
N
6. Rear torque rod 7. Bracket 8. Torque rod (RH)
9. Engine mounting Insulator and bracket 10. Engine mounting bracket (LH) 11. Engine mounting insulator (LH)
(RH) O
A. Tightening order (1-5) Engine front

Revision: July 2010 EM-75 2011 Sentra


ENGINE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
CVT Models

AWBIA0977GB

6. Torque rod (RH) 7. Engine mounting Insulator and bracket 8. Engine mounting bracket (RH)
(RH)
9. Pull down rod (RH) 10. Engine mounting bracket (LH) 11. Engine mounting support (LH)
12. Pull down rod (LH) 13. Pull down bracket (LH) 14. Bracket
15. Rear torque rod A. Tightening order (1-5) Engine front

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006148926

WARNING:
Situate the vehicle on a flat and solid surface.
Place chocks at front and back of rear wheels.
Attach proper slingers and bolts described in PARTS CATALOG if engine slingers are not equipped.
CAUTION:
Always be careful to work safely, avoid forceful or uninstructed operations.
Do not start working until exhaust system and coolant are cool enough.
If items or work required are not covered by the engine section, follow the applicable procedures.
Always use the support point specified for lifting.

Revision: July 2010 EM-76 2011 Sentra


ENGINE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Use either 2-pole lift type or separate type lift as best you can. If board-on type is used for unavoid-
able reasons, support at the rear axle jacking point with a transmission jack or similar tool before A
starting work, in preparation for the backward shift of center of gravity.
For supporting points for lifting and jacking point at rear axle, refer to GI-39, "Garage Jack and
Safety Stand and 2-Pole Lift".
EM
REMOVAL
Outline
Remove the engine and the transaxle assembly from the vehicle downward. Separate the engine and the tran- C
saxle.
1. Remove engine under cover. Refer to EI-15, "Removal and Installation".
2. Drain engine coolant from radiator. Refer to CO-12, "Changing Engine Coolant". D
CAUTION:
Perform this step when the engine is cold.
Do not spill engine coolant on drive belt. E
3. Drain clutch fluid (M/T models). Refer to CL-9, "Air Bleeding Procedure".
NOTE:
Cap or plug opening(s) to prevent fluid from spilling. F
4. Drain M/T oil (M/T models). Refer to MT-13, "Changing M/T Oil".
NOTE:
Cap or plug opening(s) to prevent fluid from spilling.
G
5. Remove front fender protector (RH and LH). Refer to EI-24, "Removal and Installation".
6. Remove exhaust front tube. Refer to EX-5.
7. Remove drive shafts (LH and RH) from steering knuckle. Refer to FAX-9, "Removal and Installation (Left H
Side)" and FAX-10, "Removal and Installation (Right Side)".
NOTE:
Cap or plug opening(s) to prevent fluid from spilling.
I
8. Remove transaxle joint bolts which pierce at oil pan (upper) lower rear side. Refer to CVT-193, "Removal
and Installation (MR20DE)" (CVT models) or MT-19, "Removal and Installation" (M/T models).
9. Remove front suspension member. Refer to FSU-11, "Removal and Installation".
J
10. Remove hood assembly. Refer to BL-13.
11. Remove cowl top cover and cowl top extension assembly. Refer to EI-21.
12. Release fuel pressure. Refer to EC-100, "Fuel Pressure Check" (for California) or EC-650, "Fuel Pressure K
Check" (except for California).
13. Remove battery and battery tray. Refer to SC-7, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE Battery)".
14. Remove drive belt. Refer to EM-13, "Component". L
15. Remove engine room cover.
16. Disconnect transmission control module (TCM) (CVT models).
17. Disconnect ECM and brake fluid level sensor. M
18. Remove ECM.
19. Remove air duct and air cleaner case assembly. Refer to EM-16.
N
20. Remove radiator hose (upper and lower). Refer to CO-15.
21. Disconnect CVT fluid cooler hoses (CVT models). Refer to CO-15.
NOTE:
Cap or plug opening(s) to prevent fluid from spilling. O
22. Disconnect all connections of engine harness around the engine mounting insulator (LH), and then tem-
porarily secure the engine harness into the engine side.
CAUTION: P
Protect connectors using a resin bag to protect against foreign materials during the operation.
23. Disconnect fuel feed hose at engine side. Refer to EM-36, "Component".
24. Disconnect heater hoses, and install plugs them to prevent engine coolant from draining. Refer to CO-24,
"Component".
25. Disconnect control cables from transaxle. Refer to CVT-171 (CVT models), MT-16, "Removal and Installa-
tion" (M/T models).

Revision: July 2010 EM-77 2011 Sentra


ENGINE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
26. Remove ground cable at transaxle side.
27. Remove ground cable between front cover and vehicle.
28. Remove A/C compressor with piping connected from the engine, if equipped. Temporarily secure it on the
vehicle side. Refer to MTC-89, "Removal and Installation for Compressor - MR20DE".
29. Remove the intake manifold to prevent the hanging chain from interfering. Refer to EM-18, "Component".
30. Install engine slinger to cylinder head front left side (A) and rear
right side (B) and support the engine position with a hoist.

: Engine front

Slinger bolts (front) : 32.9 Nm (3.3 kg-m, 24.2 ft-lb)


Slinger bolts (rear) : 25.0 Nm (2.5 kg-m, 18.4 ft-lb)

LBIA0461E

31. Support engine and transaxle assembly with a hoist and secure the engine in appropriate position.
32. Use a manual lift table caddy (A) or equivalently rigid tool such
as a transmission jack. Securely support bottom of the engine
and the transaxle, and simultaneously adjust hoist tension.
CAUTION:
Put a piece of wood or something similar as the supporting
surface, secure a completely stable condition.

PBIC3223J

33. Remove torque rod (RH) (1), engine mounting insulator (RH) (2)
and engine mounting bracket (3).

4 : Engine insulator (LH)


A : Engine front side
B : Transaxle side

34. Remove pull down rod (RH) (CVT models).


35. Remove pull down rod (LH) (CVT models).
36. Remove engine through bolt-securing nut (C).
WBIA0827E

37. Remove the engine and the transaxle assembly from the vehicle downward by carefully operating sup-
porting tools.
CAUTION:
During the operation, make sure that no part interferes with the vehicle side.
Before and during this lifting, always check if any harnesses are left connected.
During the removal operation, always be careful to prevent the vehicle from falling off the lift due
to changes in the center of gravity.
If necessary, support the vehicle by setting jack or suitable tool at the rear.
During operation, securely support the engine by placing a piece of wood under the engine oil
pan and transaxle oil pan. Securely support the engine slingers with a hoist.
38. When the engine hoisting is not performed simultaneously, install engine slinger to cylinder head front left
side and rear right side.
39. Remove starter motor. Refer to SC-11.
40. Lift with a hoist and position above engine.
41. Separate the engine and the transaxle. Refer to CVT-193, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (CVT
models) or MT-19, "Removal and Installation"(M/T models).

Revision: July 2010 EM-78 2011 Sentra


ENGINE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal. A
Do not allow engine oil to get on engine mounting insulator. Be careful not to damage engine mounting insu-
lator.
When installation directions are specified, install parts according to the directions. Refer to EM-75, "Compo- EM
nent".
Make sure that each mounting insulator is seated properly, and tighten nuts and bolts.
Tighten engine mounting insulator (RH) bolts in the numerical
order shown. C

: Vehicle front
D

WBIA0828E
F
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
Inspection for Leaks
G
The following are procedures for checking fluids leak, lubricates leak and exhaust gases leak.
Before starting engine, check oil/fluid levels including engine coolant and engine oil. If less than required
quantity, fill to the specified level. Refer to MA-15.
Use procedure below to check for fuel leakage. H
- Turn ignition switch ON (with engine stopped). With fuel pressure applied to fuel piping, check for fuel leak-
age at connection points.
- Start engine. With engine speed increased, check again for fuel leakage at connection points. I
Run engine to check for unusual noise and vibration.
Warm up engine thoroughly to make sure there is no leakage of fuel, exhaust gases, or any oil/fluids includ-
ing engine oil and engine coolant.
J
Bleed air from lines and hoses of applicable lines, such as in cooling system.
After cooling down engine, again check oil/fluid levels including engine oil and engine coolant. Refill to the
specified level, if necessary.
K
Item Before starting engine Engine running After engine stopped
Engine coolant Level Leakage Level
Engine oil Level Leakage Level
L

Transmission/ A/T and CVT Models Leakage Level/Leakage Leakagel


transaxle fluid M/T Models Level/Leakage Leakage Level/Leakage
M
Other oils and fluids* Level Leakage Level
Fuel Leakage Leakage Leakage
Exhaust gas Leakage N
*Power steering fluid, brake fluid, etc.

Revision: July 2010 EM-79 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
CYLINDER BLOCK
Component INFOID:0000000006148927

AWBIA0780GB

1. Cylinder block 2. O-ring 3. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)


Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Oil filter (for intake valve timing con-
4. 5. 6. Knock sensor
cover trol)

Revision: July 2010 EM-80 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
7. Oil pressure switch (except for Cali- 8. Top ring 9. Second ring
fornia), Oil temperature sensor (for A
California)
10. Oil ring 11. Snap ring 12. Piston
13. Piston pin 14. Connecting rod 15. Thrust bearing EM
16. Connecting rod bearing upper 17. Main bearing upper 18. Crankshaft key
19. Main bearing lower 20. Connecting rod bearing lower 21. Connecting rod bearing cap
22. Connecting rod bolt 23. Main bearing cap 24. Main bearing cap bolt C
25. Crankshaft 26. Pilot converter (CVT models) 27. Signal plate
28. Rear oil seal 29. Drive plate (CVT models) 30. Reinforcement plate (CVT models)
31. Flywheel (M/T models) 32. Block heater (Canada only) 33. Oil pressure switch connector (for D
California)
34. Gasket (for California) 35. Nut (for California) 36. Oil pressure switch (for California)
37. Cylinder block connector (for Califor- A. Refer to EM-81 E
nia)

Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000006148928

F
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove engine and transaxle assembly from vehicle, separate transaxle from engine. Refer to EM-75.
G
2. Install engine to engine stand as follows;
a. Remove flywheel (M/T models) or drive plate (1) (CVT models).
Secure flywheel (M/T models) or drive plate (CVT models)
using Tool (A), and remove bolts. H

Tool number : KV 11105210 (J-44716)


I
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage or scratch drive plate (CVT mod-
els) and contact surface for clutch disc of flywheel (M/T
models). J
NOTE:
Figure shows drive plate (CVT models) PBIC3226J

b. Lift the engine with a hoist to install it onto widely use engine stand. K
CAUTION:
Use the engine stand that has a load capacity [approximately 135 kg (298 lb) or more] large
enough for supporting the engine weight.
L
If the load capacity of stand is not adequate, remove the following parts beforehand to reduce the poten-
tial risk of overturning stand.
- Exhaust manifold; Refer to EM-23.
- Rocker cover; Refer to EM-33. M
NOTE:
The figure shows an example of widely used engine stand (A)
that can support mating surface of transaxle with flywheel (M/T N
models) or drive plate (CVT models) removed.
CAUTION:
Before removing the hanging chains, make sure the engine
stand is stable and there is no risk of overturning. O

PBIC3227J

3. Remove oil pan (upper and lower). Refer to EM-27.


4. Remove cylinder head. Refer to EM-65.
5. Remove thermostat housing. Refer to CO-21.

Revision: July 2010 EM-81 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
6. Remove knock sensor.
CAUTION:
Carefully handle knock sensor avoiding shocks.
7. Remove crankshaft position sensor (POS) cover and crankshaft position sensor (POS).
CAUTION:
Avoid impacts such as a dropping.
Never disassemble.
Keep it away from metal particles.
Never place sensor in a location where it is exposed to magnetism.

8. Remove oil filter (for intake valve timing control).


9. Remove pilot converter (1) using Tool (A). (CVT models)

Tool number :ST16610001 (J-23907)


NOTE:
M/T models have no pilot converter.

PBIC3229J

10. Position crankshaft pin corresponding to connecting rod to be removed onto the bottom dead center.
NOTE:
Before removing piston and connecting rod assembly, check the connecting rod side clearance. Refer to
EM-97, "Inspection After Disassembly".
11. Remove connecting rod cap.
12. Using a suitable tool, push piston and connecting rod assembly
out to the cylinder head side.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage matching surface with connect-
ing rod cap.
Be careful not to damage the cylinder wall and crankshaft
pin, resulting from an interference of the connecting rod
big end.

PBIC0259E

13. Remove connecting rod bearings.


CAUTION:
When removing them, note the installation position. Keep them in the correct order.
14. Remove piston rings from piston.
Before removing piston rings, check the piston ring side clearance. Refer to EM-97, "Inspection After
Disassembly".
15. Using a suitable tool (A) remove piston rings.
CAUTION:
When removing piston rings, be careful not to damage the
piston.
Be careful not to damage piston rings by expanding them
excessively.

PBIC3233J

Revision: July 2010 EM-82 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
16. Using snap ring pliers (A), remove snap rings.
A

EM

PBIC3230J

D
17. Heat piston to 60 to 70C (140 to 158F) using a suitable tool
(A).
E

G
PBIC3231J

18. Push out piston pin using a suitable tool of an outer diameter
H
approximately 18 mm (0.71 in).

PBIC0262E
K

19. Loosen main bearing cap bolts in reverse order as shown, and
remove them. L
NOTE:
Before loosening main bearing cap bolts, measure crankshaft
end play. Refer to EM-97, "Inspection After Disassembly".
M
: Engine front

20. Remove main bearing caps. N


Tap main bearing caps lightly using a suitable tool for removal.
CAUTION:
PBIC3235J
Be careful not to damage the mounting surface.
21. Remove crankshaft. O
CAUTION:

Revision: July 2010 EM-83 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Be careful not to damage or deform signal plate (1)
mounted on rear end of crankshaft (A).
When setting crankshaft on a flat floor surface, use a
block of wood to avoid interference between signal plate
and the floor surface.
Never remove signal plate unless it is necessary to do so.
22. Pull rear oil seal out from rear end of crankshaft.
23. Remove main bearings and thrust bearings from cylinder block
and main bearing caps.
CAUTION:
Identify installation positions, and store them without mix- PBIC3234J

ing them up.

ASSEMBLY
1. Fully air-blow engine coolant and engine oil passages in cylinder block, cylinder bore and crankcase to
remove any foreign material.
CAUTION:
Use goggles to protect your eyes.
2. Install water drain plug (1) to cylinder block.

: Engine front

Apply liquid gasket to the drain plug thread.


Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant or equivalent. Refer to
GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant".

9.8 Nm (1.0 kg-m, 87 in-lb)


3. Remove dust, dirt, and engine oil on the bearing mating sur-
faces of cylinder block and main bearing cap. PBIC3228J

4. Install thrust bearings to the both sides of the No. 3 journal hous-
ing (B) on cylinder block.

: Engine front

Install thrust bearings with the oil groove (A) facing crankshaft
arm (outside).

PBIC3258J

5. Install the main bearings paying attention to the direction.


CAUTION:
Before installing main bearings, apply new engine oil to the bearing surface (inside). Do not
apply new engine oil to the back surface, but thoroughly clean it.
When installing, align main bearing to the center position of cylinder block and main bearing
cap.

Revision: July 2010 EM-84 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
The difference (A) between main bearing upper (1) and
main bearing lower (3) should be 0.85 mm (0.033 in) or A
less when installing.

2 : Cylinder block
EM
4 : Main bearing cap

PBIC3237J

D
Ensure the oil holes on cylinder block and oil holes (A) on
the main bearings (1) are aligned.
E

G
PBIC3236J

6. Install signal plate to crankshaft if removed. H


7. Set the signal plate with the flange facing toward the counter weight side (engine front side) to the crank-
shaft rear surface.
8. Apply new engine oil to threads and seat surfaces of bolts. I
9. Position crankshaft (2) and signal plate (1) using a dowel pin
(service part), and tighten bolts in numerical order as shown.
J
A : Dowel pin hole
NOTE:
Dowel pin of crankshaft and signal plate is provided as a set for K
each.
10. Tighten bolts in numerical order as shown.
11. Remove dowel pin. (service parts) L
CAUTION:
PBIC3238J
Be sure to remove dowel pin.
12. Install crankshaft to cylinder block. M
While turning crankshaft by hand, make sure that it turns smoothly.

13. Install main bearing caps referring to the journal No. stamp (A) N
and front mark (B) as shown.

: Engine front
O
NOTE:
Main bearing cap cannot be replaced as a single part, because it
is machined together with cylinder block. P

PBIC3239J

14. Apply new engine oil to threads and seat surfaces of bolts.

Revision: July 2010 EM-85 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
15. Tighten main bearing cap bolts in two steps in numerical order
as shown.
: Engine front

PBIC3235J

CAUTION:
Measure the angle in Step 2 using Tool (A). Do not measure
visually.

Step 1 : 34.3 Nm (3.5 kg-m, 25 ft-lb)


Step 2 : 60 clockwise

Tool number : KV10112100 (BT-8653-A)

PBIC3240J

After installing bolts, make sure that crankshaft can be rotated smoothly by hand.
Check crankshaft end play. Refer to EM-97, "Inspection After Disassembly".

16. Using snap ring pliers, install new snap ring to the groove of the piston rear side.
Insert it fully into groove to install.
17. Assemble piston to connecting rod.
Using a suitable tool, heat the piston until the piston pin can be pushed in by hand without excess force
[approximately 60 to 70 C (140 to 158 F)]. From the front to the rear, insert piston pin into piston and
connecting rod.
Assemble so that the front mark (A) on the piston head and
the oil hole (B) and the cylinder number (C) on connecting rod
are positioned as shown.

D : Big end diameter grade


E : Small end diameter grade
F : Front mark (connecting rod bearing cap)
18. Install new snap ring to the groove of the piston front side.
Insert it fully into groove to install.
After installing, make sure that connecting rod moves PBIC3587J
smoothly.
19. Using a suitable tool, install piston rings.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage piston.
Be careful not to damage piston rings by expanding them excessively.

Revision: July 2010 EM-86 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Position each ring with the gap as shown referring to the pis-
ton front mark. A

A : Oil ring upper or lower rail gap


B : Front mark EM
C : Second ring and oil ring spacer gap
D : Top ring gap
E : Stamped mark C
CAUTION:
Never contact the rail end gap under the oil ring with the PBIC3588J
oil drain cast groove of piston. D
Install second ring with the stamped surface facing upward.

20. Install connecting rod bearing upper (2) and lower (3) to con- E
necting rod (1) and connecting rod cap (4).

C : Oil hole (connecting rod)


D : Arrow view F
: Engine front

Install the connecting rod in the dimension shown. G


Make sure that connecting rod bearing oil hole (A) is com-
pletely in the inside of connecting rod oil hole chamfered area
(B).
When installing connecting rod bearings, apply new engine oil H
to the bearing surface (inside). Do not apply new engine oil to
the back surface, but thoroughly clean it.
NOTE: I
There is no positioning tab.
Install the connecting rod bearings in the center of connect-
ing rod and connecting rod bearing cap as shown. For ser-
J
vice operation, the center position can be checked, visually.

K
PBIC4541E

L
21. Install piston and connecting rod assembly to crankshaft.
Position crankshaft pin corresponding to connecting rod to be installed onto the bottom dead center.
Apply new engine oil sufficiently to the cylinder bore, piston and crankshaft pin.
Match the cylinder position with the cylinder number (C) on M
connecting rod to install.

B : Oil hole
N
D : Big end diameter grade
E : Small end diameter grade
F : Front mark (connecting rod bearing cap)
O
Install so that front mark (A) on the piston head faces the front
of engine.
PBIC3587J P

Revision: July 2010 EM-87 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Using Tool (A), install piston with the front mark on the piston
head facing the front of the engine.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the cylinder wall and crankshaft
pin, resulting from an interference of the connecting rod
big end.

Tool number : EM03470000 (J-8037)

PBIC3244J

22. Install connecting rod cap.


Match the stamped cylinder number marks (C) on connecting
rod with those on connecting rod cap to install.

A : Front mark (piston)


B : Oil hole
D : Big end diameter grade
E : Small end diameter grade
F : Front mark (connecting rod bearing cap)

PBIC3587J

23. Tighten connecting rod bolt with the following procedure:


CAUTION:
Make sure that there is no gap in the thrust surface (A) of
the joint between connecting rod (1) and connecting rod
bearing cap (2) and that these parts are in the correct
position. And then, tighten the connecting rod bolts.
If the connecting rod bolts are reused, measure the outer
diameter. Refer to EM-97, "Inspection After Disassembly".
24. Apply new engine oil to the threads and seats of connecting rod
bolts.
25. Tighten connecting rod bolts in two steps using Tool.

Step 1 : 19.6 Nm (2.0 kg-m, 14 ft-lb) PBIC3510J

Step 2 : 60 clockwise

Tool number : KV10112100 (BT-8653-A)


After tightening connecting rod bolt, make sure that crankshaft rotates smoothly.
Check the connecting rod side clearance. Refer to EM-97, "Inspection After Disassembly".
26. Install oil pan (upper). Refer to EM-27.
NOTE:
Install the rear oil seal after installing the oil pan (upper).
27. Install rear oil seal. Refer to EM-27.

Revision: July 2010 EM-88 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
28. Install flywheel (M/T models) or drive plate (1) (CVT models).
Secure crankshaft using Tool. (A), and tighten bolts crosswise A
over several times.

Tool number : KV11105210 (J-44716) EM

PBIC3998E

D
Install pilot converter (1), drive plate (2) and reinforcement
plate (3) as shown (CVT models).
E
A : Crankshaft rear end
B :R
Using a suitable tool of 33 mm. (1.30 in) in diameter, press-fit F
pilot converter into the end of crankshaft until it stops (CVT
models).
NOTE:
M/T models have no pilot converter and reinforcement plate. G
PBIC4075E

29. Install knock sensor (1) with connector facing toward the rear of H
engine.

A : Cylinder block left side


I
: Engine front

CAUTION:
Never tighten bolts while holding the connector. J
If any impact by dropping is applied to knock sensor,
replace it with a new one.
NOTE:
Make sure that there is no foreign material on the cylinder PBIC3246J K
block mating surface and the back surface of knock sensor.
Make sure that knock sensor does not interfere with other parts.
30. Install crankshaft position sensor (POS) and crankshaft position sensor (POS) cover. L
CAUTION:
Avoid impacts such as a dropping.
Keep it away from metal particles. M
Never place sensor in a location where it is exposed to magnetism.

31. Install oil filter (for intake valve timing control) (1) in the direction N
shown.
Make sure that the oil filter does not protrude from the upper
surface of cylinder block (2) after installation.
O

PBIC3260J

32. Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.

Revision: July 2010 EM-89 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
How to Select Piston and Bearing INFOID:0000000006148929

DESCRIPTION

Selection points Selection parts Selection items Selection methods


Determined by match of cylin-
der block bearing housing
Between cylinder block and Main bearing grade (bearing grade (inner diameter of hous-
Main bearing
crankshaft thickness) ing) and crankshaft journal
grade (outer diameter of jour-
nal)
Combining service grades for
connecting rod big end diame-
Between crankshaft and con- Connecting rod bearing grade
Connecting rod bearing ter and crankshaft pin outer di-
necting rod (bearing thickness)
ameter determine connecting
rod bearing selection.
Piston and piston pin assembly
Between cylinder block and pis- Piston grade (piston outer diam- Piston grade = cylinder bore
(piston is available together with
ton eter) grade (inner diameter of bore)
piston pin as an assembly.)
The identification grade stamped on each part is the grade for the dimension measured in new condition.
This grade cannot apply to reused parts.
For reused or repaired parts, measure the dimension accurately. Determine the grade by comparing the
measurement with the values of each selection table.
For details of the measurement method of each part, the reuse standards and the selection method of the
selective fitting parts, use the applicable procedures.
HOW TO SELECT PISTON
When New Cylinder Block is Used
Check the cylinder bore grade on rear left side of cylinder block (L),
and select piston of the same grade.

A : Correction stamp
B : Standard stamp
C : Cylinder No. 1 bore grade
D : Cylinder No. 2 bore grade
E : Cylinder No. 3 bore grade
F : Cylinder No. 4 bore grade
G : No. 1 main bearing housing grade
H : No. 2 main bearing housing grade
I : No. 3 main bearing housing grade
J : No. 4 main bearing housing grade
K : No. 5 main bearing housing grade
: Engine front

If there is a correction stamp mark on the cylinder block, use it as a


correct reference.

PBIC3264J

When Cylinder Block is Reused


1. Measure the cylinder bore inner diameter. Refer to EM-97, "Inspection After Disassembly".
2. Determine the bore grade by comparing the measurement with the values under the cylinder bore inner
diameter of the Piston Selection Table.

Revision: July 2010 EM-90 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
3. Select piston of the same grade.
A
A : Identification code
B : Front mark
C : Piston grade number EM
D : Pin grade number

WBIA0830E

D
Piston Selection Table
Unit: mm (in)
Grade number (Mark) 1 2 [or no mark (piston only)]
E
Cylinder bore Inner diameter 84.000 - 84.010 (3.3071 - 3.3075) 84.010 - 84.020 (3.3075 - 3.3079)
Piston skirt diameter 83.970 - 83.980 (3.3059 - 3.3063) 83.980 - 83.990 (3.3063 - 3.3067)

NOTE: F
Piston is available together with piston pin as an assembly.
There is no piston pin (piston pin hole) grade.
G
HOW TO SELECT CONNECTING ROD BEARING
When New Connecting Rod and Crankshaft are Used
H
1. Apply connecting rod big end diameter grade stamped (C) on
connecting rod side face to the row in the Connecting Rod
Bearing Selection Table.
I
A : Oil hole
B : Cylinder number
J
D : Small end diameter grade
E : Front mark

K
PBIC3262J

2. Apply crankshaft pin journal diameter grade stamped on crank- L


shaft front side to the column in the Connecting Rod Bearing
Selection Table.

A : No. 1 pin journal diameter grade


M
B : No. 2 pin journal diameter grade
C : No. 3 pin journal diameter grade
N
D : No. 4 pin journal diameter grade
E : No. 1 main journal diameter grade
F : No. 2 main journal diameter grade PBIC3261J
O
G : No. 3 main journal diameter grade
H : No. 4 main journal diameter grade
I : No. 5 main journal diameter grade
P
3. Read the symbol at the cross point of selected row and column in the Connecting Rod Bearing Selection
Table.
4. Apply the symbol obtained to the Connecting Rod Bearing Grade Table to select connecting rod bearing.
When Crankshaft and Connecting Rod are Reused
1. Measure the dimensions of the connecting rod big end diameter and crankshaft pin journal diameter indi-
vidually. Refer to EM-97, "Inspection After Disassembly" and EM-97, "Inspection After Disassembly".
Revision: July 2010 EM-91 2011 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
2. Apply the measured dimension to the Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Table.
3. Read the symbol at the cross point of selected row and column in the Connecting Rod Bearing Selection
Table.
4. Apply the symbol obtained to the Connecting Rod Bearing Grade Table to select connecting rod bearing.
Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Table

PBIC4077E

Connecting Rod Bearing Grade Table


Unit: mm (in)

Grade number Thickness Identification color Remarks


0 1.494 - 1.497 (0.0588 - 0.0589) Black
1 1.497 - 1.500 (0.0589 - 0.0591) Brown
Grade and color are the same
2 1.500 - 1.503 (0.0591- 0.0592) Green
for upper and lower bearings.
3 1.503 - 1.506 (0.0592 - 0.0593) Yellow
4 1.506 - 1.509 (0.0593 - 0.0594) Blue

Revision: July 2010 EM-92 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Grade number Thickness Identification color Remarks
A
UPR 1.494 - 1.497 (0.0588 - 0.0589) Black
01
LWR 1.497 - 1.500 (0.0589 - 0.0591) Brown
UPR 1.497 - 1.500 (0.0589 - 0.0591) Brown EM
12
LWR 1.500 - 1.503 (0.0591 - 0.0592) Green Grade and color are different
between upper and lower bear-
UPR 1.500 - 1.503 (0.0591 - 0.0592) Green ings.
23
LWR 1.503 - 1.506 (0.0592 - 0.0593) Yellow C
UPR 1.503 - 1.506 (0.0592 - 0.0593) Yellow
34
LWR 1.506 - 1.509 (0.0593 - 0.0594) Blue
D
Undersize Bearings Usage Guide
When the specified connecting rod bearing oil clearance is not obtained with standard size connecting rod
bearings, use undersize (US) bearings. E
When using undersize (US) bearing, measure the connecting rod bearing inner diameter with bearing
installed, and grind the crankshaft pin so that the connecting rod bearing oil clearance satisfies the standard.
CAUTION:
In grinding crankshaft pin to use undersize bearings, keep the F
fillet R [1.5 - 1.7 mm (0.059 - 0.067 in)] (A).

I
PBIC3263J

Bearing undersize table


Unit: mm (in) J
Size Thickness
US 0.25 (0.0098) 1.623 - 1.631 (0.0639 - 0.0642)
K
HOW TO SELECT MAIN BEARING
When New Cylinder Block and Crankshaft are Used
L

Revision: July 2010 EM-93 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
1. Main Bearing Selection Table rows correspond to main bearing
housing grade on rear left side of cylinder block (L).

A : Correction stamp
B : Standard stamp
C : Cylinder No. 1 bore grade
D : Cylinder No. 2 bore grade
E : Cylinder No. 3 bore grade
F : Cylinder No. 4 bore grade
G : No. 1 main bearing housing grade
H : No. 2 main bearing housing grade
I : No. 3 main bearing housing grade
J : No. 4 main bearing housing grade
K : No. 5 main bearing housing grade
: Engine front

If there is a correction stamp mark on cylinder block, use it as


a correct reference.

PBIC3264J

2. Apply main journal diameter grade stamped on crankshaft front


side to column in the Main Bearing Selection Table.

A : No. 1 pin journal diameter grade


B : No. 2 pin journal diameter grade
C : No. 3 pin journal diameter grade
D : No. 4 pin journal diameter grade
E : No. 1 main journal diameter grade
F : No. 2 main journal diameter grade
G : No. 3 main journal diameter grade PBIC3261J

H : No. 4 main journal diameter grade


I : No. 5 main journal diameter grade

3. Read the symbol at the cross point of selected row and column in the Main Bearing Selection Table.
CAUTION:
There are two main bearing selection tables. One is for No. 1, 4 and 5 journals and the other is for
No. 2 and 3 journals. Make certain to use the appropriate table. This is due to differences in the
specified clearances.
4. Apply the symbol obtained to the Main Bearing Grade Table to select main bearing.
NOTE:
Service part is available as a set of both upper and lower.
When Cylinder Block and Crankshaft are Reused
1. Measure the dimensions of the cylinder block main bearing housing inner diameter and crankshaft main
journal diameter individually. Refer to EM-97, "Inspection After Disassembly" and EM-97, "Inspection After
Disassembly".
2. Apply the measured dimension to the Main Bearing Selection Table.
3. Read the symbol at the cross point of selected row and column in the Main Bearing Selection Table.
CAUTION:
There are two main bearing selection tables. One is for No. 1, 4 and 5 journals and the other is for
No. 2 and 3 journals. Make certain to use the appropriate table. This is due to differences in the
specified clearances.
4. Apply the symbol obtained to the Main Bearing Grade Table to select main bearing.
NOTE:
Revision: July 2010 EM-94 2011 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Service part is available as a set of both upper and lower.
Main Bearing Selection Table (No. 1, 4 and 5 journals) A

EM

PBIC4078E
M

Revision: July 2010 EM-95 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Main Bearing Selection Table (No. 2 and 3 journals)

PBIC4079E

Main Bearing Grade Table (All Journals)


Unit: mm (in)

Grade number Thickness Identification color Remarks


0 1.996 - 1.999 (0.0786 - 0.0787) Black
1 1.999 - 2.002 (0.0787 - 0.0788) Brown
2 2.002 - 2.005 (0.0788- 0.0789) Green
3 2.005 - 2.008 (0.0789 - 0.0791) Yellow Grade and color are the same
4 2.008 - 2.011 (0.0791 - 0.0792) Blue for upper and lower bearings.

5 2.011 - 2.014 (0.0792 - 0.0793) Pink


6 2.014 - 2.017 (0.0793 - 0.0794) Purple
7 2.017 - 2.020 (0.0794 - 0.0795) White

Revision: July 2010 EM-96 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Grade number Thickness Identification color Remarks
A
UPR 1.996 - 1.999 (0.0786 - 0.0787) Black
01
LWR 1.999 - 2.002 (0.0787 - 0.0788) Brown
UPR 1.999 - 2.002 (0.0787 - 0.0788) Brown EM
12
LWR 2.002 - 2.005 (0.0788 - 0.0789) Green
UPR 2.002 - 2.005 (0.0788- 0.0789) Green
23
LWR 2.005 - 2.008 (0.0789 - 0.0791) Yellow C
UPR 2.005 - 2.008 (0.0789 - 0.0791) Yellow Grade and color are different
34 between upper and lower bear-
LWR 2.008 - 2.011 (0.0791 - 0.0792) Blue ings. D
UPR 2.008 - 2.011 (0.0791 - 0.0792) Blue
45
LWR 2.011 - 2.014 (0.0792 - 0.0793) Pink
UPR 2.011 - 2.014 (0.0792 - 0.0793) Pink E
56
LWR 2.014 - 2.017 (0.0793 - 0.0794) Purple
UPR 2.014 - 2.017 (0.0793 - 0.0794) Purple
67 F
LWR 2.017 - 2.020 (0.0794 - 0.0795) White

Use Undersize Bearing Usage Guide


When the specified main bearing oil clearance is not obtained with standard size main bearings, use under- G
size (US) bearing.
When using undersize (US) bearing, measure the main bearing inner diameter with bearing installed, and
grind main journal so that the main bearing oil clearance satisfies the standard.
H
CAUTION:
In grinding crankshaft main journal to use undersize bearings,
keep the fillet R [1.5 - 1.7 mm (0.059 - 0.067 in)] (A).
I

K
PBIC3263J

Bearing undersize table


L
Unit: mm (in)
Size Thickness
US 0.25 (0.0098) 2.126 - 2.134 (0.0837 - 0.0840) M

Inspection After Disassembly INFOID:0000000006148930

N
CRANKSHAFT END PLAY
Measure the clearance between thrust bearings and crankshaft
arm when crankshaft is moved fully forward or backward with a dial O
indicator (A).

Standard : 0.10 - 0.26 mm (0.0039 - 0.0102 in)


P
Limit : 0.30 mm (0.012 in)
If the measured value exceeds the limit, replace thrust bearings,
and measure again. If it still exceeds the limit, replace crankshaft
also.
PBIC3252J

CONNECTING ROD SIDE CLEARANCE

Revision: July 2010 EM-97 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Measure the side clearance between connecting rod and crank-
shaft arm with a feeler gauge (A).

Standard : 0.20 - 0.35 mm (0.0079 - 0.0138 in)


Limit : 0.40 mm (0.0157 in)
If the measured value exceeds the limit, replace connecting rod,
and measure again. If it still exceeds the limit, replace crankshaft
also.

PBIC3251J

PISTON TO PISTON PIN OIL CLEARANCE


Piston Pin Hole Diameter
Measure the inner diameter of piston pin hole with an inside
micrometer (A).

Standard: 19.993 - 19.999 mm (0.7871 - 0.7874 in)

PBIC3265J

Piston Pin Outer Diameter


Measure the outer diameter of piston pin with a micrometer (A).

Standard: 19.989 - 19.995 mm (0.7870 - 0.7872 in)

PBIC3266J

Piston to Piston Pin Oil Clearance


(Piston to piston pin oil clearance) = (Piston pin hole diameter) (Piston pin outer diameter)

Standard: 0.002 - 0.006 mm (0.0001 - 0.0002 in)


If oil clearance is out of the standard, replace piston and piston pin assembly.
When replacing piston and piston pin assembly, follow the "Piston to Cylinder Bore Clearance" procedure.
NOTE:
Piston is available together with piston pin as assembly.
Piston pin (piston pin hole) grade is provided only for the parts installed at the plant. For service parts, no
grades can be selected. (Only grade 0 is available.)
PISTON RING SIDE CLEARANCE

Revision: July 2010 EM-98 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Measure the side clearance of piston ring and piston ring groove
with a feeler gauge (A). A

Standard:
Top ring : 0.04 - 0.08 mm (0.002 - 0.003 in) EM
2nd ring : 0.03 - 0.07 mm (0.001 - 0.003 in)
Oil ring : 0.015 - 0.185 mm (0.001 - 0.007 in)
C
Limit:
PBIC3280J
Top ring : 0.11 mm (0.0043 in) D
2nd ring : 0.10 mm (0.0039 in)
If the measured value exceeds the limit, replace piston ring, and measure again. If it still exceeds the limit,
replace piston also. E
PISTON RING END GAP
Make sure that cylinder bore inner diameter is within specification. Follow the "Cylinder Bore Inner Diameter"
procedure. F
Lubricate with new engine oil to piston (1) and piston ring (2), and
then insert (A) piston ring until middle of cylinder (B) with piston,
and measure piston ring end gap with a feeler gauge (C). G

Standard:
Top ring : 0.20 - 0.30 mm (0.008 - 0.012 in) H
2nd ring : 0.50 - 0.65 mm (0.020 - 0.026 in)
Oil ring : 0.15 - 0.45 mm (0.006 - 0.018 in)
(rail ring) I
PBIC3267J

Limit:
J
Top ring : 0.51 mm (0.020 in)
2nd ring : 0.83 mm (0.033 in)
Oil ring : 0.78 mm (0.031 in) K
(rail ring)
If the measured value exceeds the limit, replace piston ring, and measure again. If it still exceeds the limit,
replace the cylinder block. L
CONNECTING ROD BEND AND TORSION

Revision: July 2010 EM-99 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Check with a connecting rod aligner.

C : Feeler gauge

Bend (A):
Limit: 0.15 mm (0.0059 in) per 100 mm (3.94 in) length
Torsion (B):
Limit: 0.30 mm (0.0118 in) per 100 mm (3.94 in) length
If it exceeds the limit, replace connecting rod assembly.

PBIC3268J

CONNECTING ROD BIG END DIAMETER


Install connecting rod cap (1) without connecting rod bearing
installed, and tightening connecting rod bolts to the specified
torque. Refer to EM-81, "Disassembly and Assembly" for the tight-
ening procedure.

2 : Connecting rod
A : Example
B : Measuring direction of inner diameter
Measure the inner diameter of connecting rod big end with an
inside micrometer.
PBIC3269J

Standard: 47.000 - 47.013 mm (1.8504 - 1.8509 in)


If out of the standard, replace connecting rod assembly.
CONNECTING ROD BUSHING OIL CLEARANCE
Connecting Rod Bushing Inner Diameter
Measure the inner diameter of connecting rod bushing with an inside
micrometer (A).

Standard: 20.000 - 20.012 mm (0.7874 - 0.7879 in)

PBIC3270J

Piston Pin Outer Diameter

Revision: July 2010 EM-100 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Measure the outer diameter of piston pin with a micrometer (A).
A
Standard: 19.989 - 19.995 mm (0.7870 - 0.7872 in)

EM

PBIC3266J

D
Connecting Rod Bushing Oil Clearance
(Connecting rod bushing oil clearance) = (Connecting rod bushing inner diameter) (Piston pin outer diame-
ter)
E
Standard : 0.005 - 0.023 mm (0.0002 - 0.0009 in)
Limit : 0.03 mm (0.0012 in)
F
If the measured value is out of the standard, replace connecting rod assembly and/or piston and piston pin
assembly.
If replacing piston and piston pin assembly, follow the "PISTON TO PISTON PIN OIL CLEARANCE" proce-
dure. G
If replacing connecting rod assembly, follow the "Connecting Rod Bushing Oil Clearance" procedure to
select connecting rod bearing.
H
CYLINDER BLOCK TOP SURFACE DISTORTION
Using a scraper, remove gasket on the cylinder block surface, and also remove engine oil, scale, carbon, or
other contamination. I
CAUTION:
Be careful not to allow gasket flakes to enter engine oil or engine coolant passages.
Measure the distortion on the cylinder block upper face at some
J
different points in six directions with a straight edge (A) and feeler
gauge (B).

Limit: 0.1 mm (0.004 in) K


If it exceeds the limit, replace cylinder block.
L

PBIC3250J
M
MAIN BEARING HOUSING INNER DIAMETER
Install main bearing cap without main bearings installed, and tighten main bearing cap bolts to the specified
torque. Refer to EM-81, "Disassembly and Assembly" for the tightening procedure. N
Measure the inner diameter of main bearing housing with a bore gauge.
Measure the position shown [5 mm (0.20 in)] backward from main
bearing housing front side in the 2 directions as shown. The
smaller one is the measured value. O

1 : Cylinder block
2 : Main bearing cap P
: Engine front

Standard: 55.997 - 56.017 mm (2.2046 - 2.2054 in)


If out of the standard, replace cylinder block and main bearing PBIC4005E

caps assembly.
NOTE:

Revision: July 2010 EM-101 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Main bearing caps cannot be replaced as a single, because it is machined together with cylinder block.
PISTON TO CYLINDER BORE CLEARANCE
Cylinder Bore Inner Diameter
Using a bore gauge (A), measure the cylinder bore for wear, out-
of-round and taper at six different points on each cylinder. (X and
Y directions at A, B and C) (Y is in longitudinal direction of
engine)
NOTE:
When determining cylinder bore grade, measure the cylinder bore
X direction at B position.

Standard inner diameter:


84.000 - 84.020 mm (3.3071 - 3.3079 in)
Out-of-round (Difference between X and Y):
0.015 mm (0.0006 in)
Taper limit (Difference between A and C):
0.01 mm (0.0004 in)
If the measured value exceeds the limit, or if there are scratches
and/or seizure on the cylinder inner wall, replace cylinder block.
NOTE:
Oversize piston is not provided.

PBIC4014E

Piston Skirt Diameter


Measure the outer diameter of piston skirt with a micrometer (A).

Measure point
: Distance from the top 39.9 mm (1.571 in)
Standard
: 83.970 - 83.990 mm (3.3059 - 3.3067 in)

PBIC3272J

Piston to Cylinder Bore Clearance


Calculate by piston skirt diameter and cylinder bore inner diameter (direction X, position B).
(Clearance) = (Cylinder bore inner diameter) (Piston skirt diameter)

Standard : 0.020 - 0.040 mm (0.0008 - 0.0016 in)


Limit : 0.08 mm (0.0031 in)
If it exceeds the limit, replace piston and piston pin assembly and/or cylinder block. Refer to EM-90, "How to
Select Piston and Bearing".
CRANKSHAFT MAIN JOURNAL DIAMETER

Revision: July 2010 EM-102 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Measure the outer diameter of crankshaft main journals with a
micrometer (A). A

Standard: 51.959 - 51.979 mm (2.0456 - 2.0464 in) dia.


If out of the standard, measure the main bearing oil clearance. EM
Then use undersize bearing. Follow the "MAIN BEARING OIL
CLEARANCE" procedure.
C

PBIC3457J

D
CRANKSHAFT PIN JOURNAL DIAMETER
Measure the outer diameter of crankshaft pin journal with a micrometer.
E
Standard: 43.953 - 43.971 mm (1.7304-1.7311 in) dia.
If out of the standard, measure the connecting rod bearing oil clearance. Then use undersize bearing. Follow
the "CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCE" procedure. F

OUT-OF-ROUND AND TAPER OF CRANKSHAFT


Measure the dimensions at four different points as shown on each
G
main journal and pin journal with a micrometer.
Out-of-round is indicated by the difference in dimensions between
X and Y at A and B.
Taper is indicated by the difference in dimension between A and H
B at X and Y.

Limit: I
Out-of-round (Difference between X and Y)
: 0.0035 mm (0.0001 in)
Taper (Difference between A and B)
PBIC3459J
J
: 0.0035 mm (0.0001 in)
If the measured value exceeds the limit, correct or replace crankshaft. K
If corrected, measure the bearing oil clearance of the corrected main journal and/or pin journal. Then select
main bearing and/or connecting rod bearing. Follow the "MAIN BEARING OIL CLEARANCE" and/or "CON-
NECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCE" procedures.
L
CRANKSHAFT RUNOUT
Place a V-block on a precise flat table to support the journals on
the both end of the crankshaft. M
Place a dial indicator (A) straight up on the No. 3 journal.
While rotating crankshaft, read the movement of the pointer on the
dial indicator. (Total indicator reading)
N
Standard : 0.05 mm (0.0020 in)
Limit : 0.10 mm (0.0040 in)
O
If it exceeds the limit, replace crankshaft.
PBIC3458J

CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCE P

Method by Calculation

Revision: July 2010 EM-103 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Install connecting rod bearings (2) to connecting rod (3) and con-
necting rod bearing cap (1), and tighten connecting rod bolts to the
specified torque. Refer to EM-81, "Disassembly and Assembly" for
tightening procedure.

A : Example
B : Inner diameter measuring direction
Measure the inner diameter of connecting rod bearing with an
inside micrometer.
(Bearing oil clearance) = (Connecting rod bearing inner diameter)
(Crankshaft pin journal diameter) PBIC3275J

Standard : 0.037 - 0.047 mm (0.0015 - 0.0019 in)


Limit : 0.07 mm (0.0028 in)
If clearance exceeds the limit, select proper connecting rod bearing according to connecting rod big end
diameter and crankshaft pin journal diameter to obtain specified bearing oil clearance. Refer to EM-90, "How
to Select Piston and Bearing".
Method of Using Plastigage
Remove engine oil and dust on crankshaft pin and the surfaces of each bearing completely.
Cut a plastigage slightly shorter than the bearing width, and place it in crankshaft axial direction, avoiding oil
holes.
Install connecting rod bearings to connecting rod and cap, and tighten connecting rod bolts to the specified
torque. Refer to EM-81, "Disassembly and Assembly" for the tightening procedure.
CAUTION:
Never rotate crankshaft.
Remove connecting rod cap and bearing, and using the scale (A)
on the plastigage bag, measure the plastigage width.
NOTE:
The procedure when the measured value exceeds the limit is
same as that described in the Method by Calculation.

PBIC3276J

MAIN BEARING OIL CLEARANCE


Method by Calculation
Install main bearings (3) to cylinder block (1) and main bearing cap
(2), and tighten main bearing cap bolts to the specified torque.
Refer to EM-81, "Disassembly and Assembly" for the tightening
procedure.

A : Example
B : Inner diameter measuring direction
Measure the inner diameter of main bearing with a bore gauge.
(Bearing oil clearance) = (Main bearing inner diameter) (Crank-
shaft main journal diameter)
PBIC3277J

Standard:
No. 1, 4 and 5 journals
: 0.024 - 0.034 mm (0.0009 - 0.0013 in)
No. 2 and 3 journals
: 0.012 - 0.022 mm (0.0005 - 0.0009 in)
Limit : 0.065 mm (0.0026 in)

Revision: July 2010 EM-104 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
If clearance exceeds the limit, select proper main bearing according to main bearing inner diameter and
crankshaft main journal diameter to obtain specified bearing oil clearance. Refer to EM-90, "How to Select A
Piston and Bearing".
Method of Using Plastigage
Remove engine oil and dust on crankshaft main journal and the surfaces of each bearing completely. EM
Cut a plastigage slightly shorter than the bearing width, and place it in crankshaft axial direction, avoiding oil
holes.
Install main bearings to cylinder block and main bearing cap, and tighten main bearing cap bolts to the spec- C
ified torque. Refer to EM-81, "Disassembly and Assembly" for the tightening procedure.
CAUTION:
Never rotate crankshaft.
Remove main bearing cap and bearings, and using the scale (A) D
on the plastigage bag, measure the plastigage width.
NOTE:
The procedure when the measured value exceeds the limit is E
same as that described in the Method by Calculation.

PBIC3278J G
MAIN BEARING CRUSH HEIGHT
When main bearing cap is removed after being tightened to the
H
specified torque with main bearings (1) installed, the tip end of
bearing must protrude (B). Refer to EM-81, "Disassembly and
Assembly" for the tightening procedure.
I
A : Example

Standard : There must be crush height. J


If the standard is not met, replace main bearings.
PBIC3279J
K
CONNECTING ROD BEARING CRUSH HEIGHT
When connecting rod bearing cap is removed after being tightened
to the specified torque with connecting rod bearings (1) installed, L
the tip end of bearing must protrude. Refer to EM-81, "Disassem-
bly and Assembly" for the tightening procedure (B).

A : Example M

Standard : There must be crush height.


N
If the standard is not met, replace connecting rod bearings.
PBIC3279J

MAIN BEARING CAP BOLT OUTER DIAMETER O

Revision: July 2010 EM-105 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Measure the outer diameters (d1, d2) at two positions as shown.

A : d1 measuring position
B : d2 measuring position
If reduction appears in places other than B range, regard it as
d2.

Limit (d1 d2): 0.15 mm (0.0059 in)


If it exceeds the limit (a large difference in dimensions), replace
main bearing cap bolt with a new one. PBIC4015E

CONNECTING ROD BOLT OUTER DIAMETER


Measure the outer diameter d at position as shown.
If reduction appears in a position other than d, regard it as d.

Limit: 7.75 mm (0.3051 in)


When d exceeds the limit (when it becomes thinner), replace
connecting rod bolt with a new one.

PBIC4016E

CLOGGED OR DAMAGED OIL FILTER (FOR INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL)


Make sure that there is no foreign material on the oil filter and
check it for clogging.
- Clean it if necessary.
Check the oil filter for damage.
- Replace it if necessary.

PBIC3273J

FLYWHEEL DEFLECTION (M/T MODELS)


Measure the deflection of flywheel contact surface to clutch with a
dial indicator (A).
Measure the deflection at 210 mm (8.27 in) diameter.

Limit : 0.45 mm (0.0177 in) or less.


If measured value is out of the standard, replace flywheel.
If a trace of burn or discoloration is found on the surface, repair it
with sandpaper.
CAUTION:
When measuring, keep magnetic fields (such as dial indicator
stand) away from signal plate of the rear end of crankshaft. PBIC4006E

MOVEMENT AMOUNT OF FLYWHEEL (M/T MODELS)


CAUTION:
Never disassemble double mass flywheel.
Movement Amount of Thrust (Fore-and-Aft) Direction
Measure the movement amount of thrust (fore-and-aft) direction when 100 N (10.2 kg, 22 lb) force is added
at the portion of 125 mm (4.92 in) radius from the center of flywheel.

Standard : 1.8 mm (0.071 in) or less

Revision: July 2010 EM-106 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
If measured value is out of the standard, replace flywheel.
Movement Amount in Radial (Rotation) Direction A
Check the movement amount of radial (rotation) direction with the following procedure:
1. Install clutch cover bolt (1) to clutch cover mating hole, and
place a torque wrench (A) on the extended line of the flywheel EM
(2) center line.
Tighten bolt at a force of 9.8 Nm (1.0 kg-m, 87 in-lb) to keep it
from loosening. C
2. Put a mating mark on circumferences of the two flywheel
masses without applying any load (Measurement standard
points). D
3. Apply a force of 9.8 Nm (1.0 kg-m, 87 in-lb) in each direction,
and mark the movement amount on the mass on the transaxle
side. PBIC4007E
E
4. Measure the dimensions of movement amounts A and B on
circumference of the flywheel on the transaxle side.
F
Limit: 33.2 mm (1.307 in) or less.
If measured value is out of the standard, replace flywheel.
G

Revision: July 2010 EM-107 2011 Sentra


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Standard and Limit INFOID:0000000006148931

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

Engine type MR20DE


Cylinder arrangement In-line 4
Displacement cm3 (cu in) 1,997 (121.86)
Bore and stroke mm (in) 84.0 x 90.1 (3.307 x 3.547)
Valve arrangement DOHC
Firing order 1-3-4-2
Compression 2
Number of piston rings
Oil 1
Compression ratio 10.2
Standard 1,390 (13.9, 14.2, 202)
Compression pressure
Minimum 1,140 (11.4. 11.6, 165)
kPa (bar, kg/cm2, psi) / 250 rpm
Differential limit between cylinders 100 (1.0, 1.0, 15)

DRIVE BELT

Tension of drive belt Auto adjustment by auto-tensioner

WATER CONTROL VALVE

Valve opening temperature 93.5 - 96.5C (200 - 206F)


Full-open valve lift amount 8 mm/ 108C (0.315 in/ 226F)
Valve closing temperature More than 90C (194F)

EXHAUST MANIFOLD
Unit: mm (in)

Items Limit
Each exhaust port 0.3 (0.012)
Surface distortion
Entire part 0.7 (0.028)

THERMOSTAT

Valve opening temperature 80.5 - 83.5C (177 - 182F)


Full-open valve lift amount 8 mm/ 95C (0.315 in/ 203F)
Valve closing temperature More than 77C (171F)

SPARK PLUG
Unit: mm (in)
Application Except for California For California
Make NGK Denso
Standard type* PLZKAR6A-11 FXE20HR-11
Spark plug gap Nominal: 1.1 (0.043)

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information

CYLINDER HEAD

Revision: July 2010 EM-108 2011 Sentra


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Unit: mm (in)

Items Standard Limit A


Head surface distortion 0.1 (0.004)
Normal cylinder head height H 130.9 (5.15)
EM

PBIC0924E

VALVE F
Valve Timing
Unit: degree
G

I
Valve timing

J
PBIC4542E

a b c d e f
K
212 224 -8 (32) 52 (12) 7 25
( ): Valve timing control ON
L
Valve Dimensions
Unit: mm (in)

SEM188A P
Intake 33.8 - 34.1 (1.331 - 1.343)
Valve head diameter D
Exhaust 27.6 - 27.9 (1.087 - 1.098)
Intake 106.27 (4.18)
Valve length L
Exhaust 105.26 (4.144)

Revision: July 2010 EM-109 2011 Sentra


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Intake 5.465 - 5.480 (0.2152 - 0.2157)
Valve stem diameter d
Exhaust 5.455 - 5.470 (0.2148 - 0.2154)
Valve seat angle 4515 - 4545
Intake 1.1 (0.043)
Valve margin T
Exhaust 1.2 (0.047)

Valve Clearance
Unit: mm (in)

Items Cold Hot* (reference data)


Intake 0.26 - 0.34 (0.010 - 0.013) 0.304 - 0.416 (0.012 - 0.016)
Exhaust 0.29 - 0.37 (0.011 - 0.015) 0.308 - 0.432 (0.012 - 0.017)
*: Approximately 80C (176F)

Available Valve Lifter

Thickness mm (in) Identification mark*

KBIA0119E

3.00 (0.1181) 300


3.02 (0.1189) 302
3.04 (0.1197) 304
3.06 (0.1205) 306
3.08 (0.1213) 308
3.10 (0.1220) 310
3.12 (0.1228) 312
3.14 (0.1236) 314
3.16 (0.1244) 316
3.18 (0.1252) 318
3.20 (0.1260) 320
3.22 (0.1268) 322
3.24 (0.1276) 324
3.26 (0.1283) 326
3.28 (0.1291) 328
3.30 (0.1299) 330
3.32 (0.1307) 332
3.34 (0.1315) 334
3.36 (0.1323) 336
3.38 (0.1331) 338
3.40 (0.1339) 340
3.42 (0.1346) 342

Revision: July 2010 EM-110 2011 Sentra


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Thickness mm (in) Identification mark*
A
3.44 (0.1354) 344
3.46 (0.1362) 346
3.48 (0.1370) 348 EM
3.50 (0.1378) 350
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information
C
Valve Spring

Items Intake Exhaust


D
Free height 44.90 - 45.10 mm (1.7677 - 1.7755 in) 45.74 - 45.94 mm (1.8007 - 1.8086 in)
Installation height 35.30 mm (1.390 in) 35.30 mm (1.390 in)
Installation load 153 - 173 N (15.6 - 17.6 kg, 34 - 39 lb) 139 - 157 N (14.2 - 16.0 kg, 31 - 35 lb) E
Height during valve open 26.36 mm (1.0377 in) 27.80 mm (1.0944 in)
Load with valve open 335 - 377 N (34.2 - 38.5 kg, 75 - 85 lb) 266 - 297 N (27.1 - 30.3 kg, 60 - 67 lb)
Identification color White Orange
F

Valve Lifter
Unit: mm (in) G
Items Standard
Intake 33.977 - 33.987 (1.3377 - 1.3381)
Valve lifter outer diameter
Exhaust 29.977 - 29.987 (1.1802 - 1.1806) H
Intake 34.000 - 34.021 (1.3386 - 1.3394)
Valve lifter hole diameter
Exhaust 30.000 - 30.021 (1.1811 - 1.1819)
I
Valve lifter clearance 0.013 - 0.044 (0.0005 - 0.0017)

Valve Guide
Unit: mm (in) J

PBIC0184E

N
Items Standard part Service part
Valve guide Outer diameter 9.523 - 9.534 (0.3749 - 0.3754) 9.723 - 9.734 (0.3828 - 0.3832)
Inner diameter (Finished size) 5.500 - 5.518 (0.2165 - 0.2172) O
Cylinder head valve guide hole diameter 9.475 - 9.496 (0.3730 - 0.3739) 9.675 - 9.696 (0.3809 - 0.3817)
Interference fit of valve guide 0.027 - 0.059 (0.0011 - 0.0023)
Items Standard Limit P
Intake 0.020 - 0.053 (0.0008 - 0.0021)
Valve guide clearance 0.1 (0.004)
Exhaust 0.030 - 0.063 (0.0012 - 0.0025)
Projection length L 13.35 - 13.65 (0.526 - 0.537)

Valve Seat

Revision: July 2010 EM-111 2011 Sentra


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Unit: mm (in)

PBIC2745E

Items Standard Oversize [0.5 (0.02)] (Service)


Intake 34.700 - 34.727 (1.3661 - 1.3672) 35.200 - 35.227 (1.3858 - 1.3869)
Cylinder head seat recess diameter D
Exhaust 28.700 - 28.727 (1.1299 - 1.1310) 29.200 - 29.227 (1.1496 - 1.1507)
Intake 34.808 - 34.824 (1.3704 - 1.3710) 35.308 - 35.324 (1.3901 - 1.3907)
Valve seat outer diameter d
Exhaust 28.808 - 28.824 (1.1342 - 1.1348) 29.308 - 29.324 (1.1539 - 1.1545)
Valve seat interference fit 0.081 - 0.124 (0.0032 - 0.0049)
Intake 31.8 (1.252)
Diameter d1*1
Exhaust 25.3 (0.996)
Intake 33.1 - 33.6 (1.303 - 1.323)
Diameter d2*2
Exhaust 26.9 - 27.4 (1.059 - 1.079)
Intake 60
Angle 1
Exhaust 45
Angle 2 8845 - 9015
Angle 3 120
Intake 1.0 - 1.4 (0.039 - 0.055)
Contacting width W*3
Exhaust 1.2 - 1.6 (0.047 - 0.063)
Intake 5.9 - 6.0 (0.232 - 0.236) 5.03 - 5.13 (0.1980 - 0.2020)
Height h
Exhaust 5.9 - 6.0 (0.232 - 0.236) 4.95 - 5.05 (0.1949 - 0.1988)
Intake 6.04 (0.2378)
Depth H
Exhaust 6.05 (0.2382)
*: Diameter made by intersection point of conic angles 1 and 2
*2: Diameter made by intersection point of conic angles 2 and 3
*3: Machining data

CAMSHAFT AND CAMSHAFT BEARING


Unit: mm (in)

Items Standard Limit


No. 1 0.045 - 0.086 (0.0018 - 0.0034)
Camshaft journal oil clearance 0.15 (0.0059)
No. 2, 3, 4, 5 0.030 - 0.071 (0.0012 - 0.0028)
No. 1 28.000 - 28.021 (1.1024 - 1.1032)
Camshaft bracket inner diameter
No. 2, 3, 4, 5 25.000 - 25.021 (0.9843 - 0.9851)
No. 1 27.935 - 27.955 (1.0998 - 1.1006)
Camshaft journal outer diameter
No. 2, 3, 4, 5 24.950 - 24.970 (0.9823 - 0.9381)
Camshaft end play 0.075 - 0.153 (0.0030 - 0.0060) 0.24 (0.0094)
Intake 44.605 - 44.795 (1.7560 - 1.7635) 44.405 (1.7482)
Camshaft cam height A
Exhaust 43.175 - 43.365 (1.6997 - 1.7072) 42.975 (1.6919)

Revision: July 2010 EM-112 2011 Sentra


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Camshaft runout [TIR*] Less than 0.02 (0.0008) 0.05 (0.0020)
A
Camshaft sprocket runout [TIR*] 0.15 (0.0059)

EM

SEM671
E
*: Total indicator reading

CYLINDER BLOCK
Unit: mm (in) F

PBIC4017E

Top surface distortion Limit 0.1 (0.004)


J

Grade No. 1 84.000 - 84.010 (3.3071 - 3.3075)


Cylinder bore Inner diameter Standard
Grade No. 2 84.010 - 84.020 (3.3075 - 3.3079) K
Out-of-round (Difference between X and Y) 0.015 (0.0006)
Limit
Taper (Difference between A and C) 0.01 (0.0004)
Grade No. A 55.997 - 55.998 (2.2046 - 2.2046) L
Grade No. B 55.998 - 55.999 (2.2046 - 2.2047)
Grade No. C 55.999 - 56.000 (2.2047 - 2.2047)
Grade No. D 56.000 - 56.001 (2.2047 - 2.2048)
Grade No. E 56.001 - 56.002 (2.2048 - 2.2048)
M
Grade No. F 56.002 - 56.003 (2.2048 - 2.2048)
Grade No. G 56.003 - 56.004 (2.2048 - 2.2049)
Grade No. H 56.004 - 56.005 (2.2049 - 2.2049) N
Grade No. J 56.005 - 56.006 (2.2049 - 2.2050)
Grade No. K 56.006 - 56.007 (2.2050 - 2.2050)
Main bearing housing inner diameter grade
Grade No. L 56.007 - 56.008 (2.2050 - 2.2050)
Grade No. M 56.008 - 56.009 (2.2050 - 2.2051) O
Grade No. N 56.009 - 56.010 (2.2051 - 2.2051)
Grade No. P 56.010 - 56.011 (2.2051 - 2.2052)
Grade No. R 56.011 - 56.012 (2.2052 - 2.2052)
Grade No. S 56.012 - 56.013 (2.2052 - 2.2052) P
Grade No. T 56.013 - 56.014 (2.2052 - 2.2053)
Grade No. U 56.014 - 56.015 (2.2053 - 2.2053)
Grade No. V 56.015 - 56.016 (2.2053 - 2.2053)
Grade No. W 56.016 - 56.017 (2.2053 - 2.2054)

PISTON, PISTON RING AND PISTON PIN


Available Piston

Revision: July 2010 EM-113 2011 Sentra


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Unit: mm (in)

PBIC0188E

Grade* Dimension
Grade No. 1 83.970 - 83.980 (3.3059 - 3.3063)
Piston skirt diameter A Standard
Grade No. 2 83.980 - 83.990 (3.3063 - 3.3067)
Piston height H dimension 39.9 (1.571)
Piston pin hole diameter 19.993 - 19.999 (0.7871 - 0.7874)
Standard 0.020 - 0.040 (0.0008 - 0.0016)
Piston to cylinder bore clearance
Limit 0.08 (0.0031)
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information

Piston Ring
Unit: mm (in)

Items Standard Limit


Top 0.04 - 0.08 (0.002 - 0.003) 0.11 (0.0043)
Side clearance 2nd 0.03 - 0.07 (0.001 - 0.003) 0.10 (0.0039)
Oil ring 0.015 - 0.185 (0.001 - 0.007)
Top 0.20 - 0.30 (0.008 - 0.012) 0.51 (0.020)
End gap 2nd 0.50 - 0.65 (0.020 - 0.026) 0.83 (0.033)
Oil (rail ring) 0.15 - 0.45 (0.006 - 0.018) 0.78 (0.031)

Piston Pin
Unit: mm (in)

Items Standard Limit


Piston pin outer diameter 19.989 - 19.995 (0.7870 - 0.7872)
Piston to piston pin oil clearance 0.002 - 0.006 (0.0001 - 0.0002)
Connecting rod bushing oil clearance 0.005 - 0.023 (0.0002 - 0.0009) 0.03 (0.0012)

CONNECTING ROD
Unit: mm (in)

Center distance 138.97 - 139.07 (5.47 - 5.48)


Bend [per 100 (3.94)] Limit 0.15 (0.0059)
Torsion [per 100 (3.94)] Limit 0.30 (0.0118)

Connecting rod bushing inner diameter1 20.000 - 20.012 (0.7874 - 0.7879)


Standard 0.20 - 0.35 (0.0079 - 0.0138)
Side clearance
Limit 0.40 (0.0157)

Revision: July 2010 EM-114 2011 Sentra


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]

Grade2
A
Grade No. A 47.000 - 47.001 (1.8504 - 1.8504)
Grade No. B 47.001 - 47.002 (1.8504 - 1.8505)
Grade No. C 47.002 - 47.003 (1.8505 - 1.8505)
Grade No. D 47.003 - 47.004 (1.8505 - 1.8505) EM
Grade No. E 47.004 - 47.005 (1.8505 - 1.8506)
Grade No. F 47.005 - 47.006 (1.8506 - 1.8506)
Connecting rod big end diameter Grade No. G 47.006 - 47.007 (1.8506 - 1.8507)
Grade No. H 47.007 - 47.008 (1.8507 - 1.8507) C
Grade No. J 47.008 - 47.009 (1.8507- 1.8507)
Grade No. K 47.009 - 47.010 (1.8507- 1.8508)
Grade No. L 47.010 - 47.011 (1.8508 - 1.8508)
Grade No. M 47.011 - 47.012 (1.8508 - 1.8509) D
Grade No. N 47.012 - 47.013 (1.8509 - 1.8509)
1
: After installing in connecting rod
E
2: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information

CRANKSHAFT
Unit: mm (in) F

SEM645 PBIC3459J

Center distance r 40.41 - 40.49 (1.5909 - 1.5940)


J

Out-of-round (Difference between X and Y) Limit 0.0035 (0.0001)


Taper (Difference between A and B) Limit 0.0035 (0.0001)
K
Standard 0.05 (0.0020)
Runout [TIR1]
Limit 0.10 (0.0040)
Standard 0.10 - 0.26 (0.0039 - 0.0102) L
Crankshaft end play
Limit 0.30 (0.012)

Grade2 M

Revision: July 2010 EM-115 2011 Sentra


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Grade No. A 43.970 - 43.971 (1.7311 - 1.7311)
Grade No. B 43.969 - 43.970 (1.7311 - 1.7311)
Grade No. C 43.968 - 43.969 (1.7310 - 1.7311)
Grade No. D 43.967 - 43.968 (1.7310 - 1.7310)
Grade No. E 43.966 - 43.967 (1.7309 - 1.7310)
Grade No. F 43.965 - 43.966 (1.7309 - 1.7309)
Grade No. G 43.964 - 43.965 (1.7309 - 1.7309)
Grade No. H 43.963 - 43.964 (1.7308 - 1.7309)
Grade No. J 43.962 - 43.963 (1.7308 - 1.7308)
Pin journal diameter grade. Dp
Grade No. K 43.961 - 43.962 (1.7307 - 1.7308)
Grade No. L 43.960 - 43.961 (1.7307 - 1.7307)
Grade No. M 43.959 - 43.960 (1.7307 - 1.7307)
Grade No. N 43.958 - 43.959 (1.7306 - 1.7307)
Grade No. P 43.957 - 43.958 (1.7306 - 1.7306)
Grade No. R 43.956 - 43.957 (1.7305 - 1.7306)
Grade No. S 43.955 - 43.956 (1.7305 - 1.7305)
Grade No. T 43.954 - 43.955 (1.7305 - 1.7305)
Grade No. U 43.953 - 43.954 (1.7304 - 1.7305)
Grade No. A 51.978 - 51.979 (2.0464 - 2.0464)
Grade No. B 51.977 - 51.978 (2.0463 - 2.0464)
Grade No. C 51.976 - 51.977 (2.0463 - 2.0463)
Grade No. D 51.975 - 51.976 (2.0463 - 2.0463)
Grade No. E 51.974 - 51.975 (2.0462 - 2.0463)
Grade No. F 51.973 - 51.974 (2.0462 - 2.0462)
Grade No. G 51.972 - 51.973 (2.0461 - 2.0462)
Grade No. H 51.971 - 51.972 (2.0461 - 2.0461)
Grade No. J 51.970 - 51.971 (2.0461 - 2.0461)
Grade No. K 51.969 - 51.970 (2.0460 - 2.0461)
Main journal diameter grade. Dm
Grade No. L 51.968 - 51.969 (2.0460 - 2.0460)
Grade No. M 51.967 - 51.968 (2.0459 - 2.0460)
Grade No. N 51.966 - 51.967 (2.0459 - 2.0459)
Grade No. P 51.965 - 51.966 (2.0459 - 2.0459)
Grade No. R 51.964 - 51.965 (2.0458 - 2.0459)
Grade No. S 51.963 - 51.964 (2.0458 - 2.0458)
Grade No. T 51.962 - 51.963 (2.0457 - 2.0458)
Grade No. U 51.961 - 51.962 (2.0457 - 2.0457)
Grade No. V 51.960 - 51.961 (2.0457 - 2.0457)
Grade No. W 51.959 - 51.960 (2.0456 - 2.0457)
1: Total indicator reading
2
: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information

MAIN BEARING
Unit: mm (in)

Grade number* Thickness Identification color Remarks


0 1.996 - 1.999 (0.0786 - 0.0787) Black
1 1.999 - 2.002 (0.0787 - 0.0788) Brown
2 2.002 - 2.005 (0.0788 - 0.0789) Green
3 2.005 - 2.008 (0.0789 - 0.0791) Yellow Grade and color are the same
4 2.008 - 2.011 (0.0791 - 0.0792) Blue for upper and lower bearings.

5 2.011 - 2.014 (0.0792 - 0.0793) Pink


6 2.014 - 2.017 (0.0793 - 0.0794) Purple
7 2.017 - 2.020 (0.0794 - 0.0795) White

Revision: July 2010 EM-116 2011 Sentra


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
UPR 1.996 - 1.999 (0.0786 - 0.0787) Black
01 A
LWR 1.999 - 2.002 (0.0787 - 0.0788) Brown
UPR 1.999 - 2.002 (0.0787 - 0.0788) Brown
12
LWR 2.002 - 2.005 (0.0788 - 0.0789) Green EM
UPR 2.002 - 2.005 (0.0788 - 0.0789) Green
23
LWR 2.005 - 2.008 (0.0789 - 0.0791) Yellow
UPR 2.005 - 2.008 (0.0789 - 0.0791) Yellow Grade and color are different C
34 between upper and lower bear-
LWR 2.008 - 2.011 (0.0791 - 0.0792) Blue ings.
UPR 2.008 - 2.011 (0.0791 - 0.0792) Blue
45 D
LWR 2.011 - 2.014 (0.0792 - 0.0793) Pink
UPR 2.011 - 2.014 (0.0792 - 0.0793) Pink
56
LWR 2.014 - 2.017 (0.0793 - 0.0794) Purple E
UPR 2.014 - 2.017 (0.0793 - 0.0794) Purple
67
LWR 2.017 - 2.020 (0.0794 - 0.0795) White
F
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information

Undersize
Unit: mm (in) G
Item Thickness Main journal diameter
US 0.25 (0.0098) 2.126 - 2.134 (0.0837 - 0.0840) Grind so that bearing clearance is the specified value.
H
Bearing Oil Clearance
Unit: mm (in)

No. 1, 4 and 5 0.024 - 0.034 (0.0009 - 0.0013) I


Standard
Main bearing oil clearance No. 2 and 3 0.012 - 0.022 (0.0005 - 0.0009)
Limit 0.065 (0.0026)
J
CONNECTING ROD BEARING

Grade number* Thickness mm (in) Identification color Remarks K


0 1.494 - 1.497 (0.0588 - 0.0589) Black
1 1.497 - 1.500 (0.0589 - 0.0591) Brown
Grade and color are the same L
2 1.500 - 1.503 (0.0591 - 0.0592) Green
for upper and lower bearings.
3 1.503 - 1.506 (0.0592 - 0.0593) Yellow
4 1.506 - 1.509 (0.0593 - 0.0594) Blue
M
UPR 1.494 - 1.497 (0.0588 - 0.0589) Black
01
LWR 1.497 - 1.500 (0.0589 - 0.0591) Brown
UPR 1.497 - 1.500 (0.0589 - 0.0591) Brown N
12
LWR 1.500 - 1.503 (0.0591 - 0.0592) Green Grade and color are different
between upper and lower bear-
UPR 1.500 - 1.503 (0.0591 - 0.0592) Green ings.
23 O
LWR 1.503 - 1.506 (0.0592 - 0.0593) Yellow
UPR 1.503 - 1.506 (0.0592 - 0.0593) Yellow
34
LWR 1.506 - 1.509 (0.0593 - 0.0594) Blue P
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information

Undersize
Unit: mm (in)

Item Thickness Crank pin journal diameter


US 0.25 (0.0098) 1.623 - 1.631 (0.0639 - 0.0642) Grind so that bearing clearance is the specified value.

Revision: July 2010 EM-117 2011 Sentra


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR20DE]
Bearing Oil Clearance
Unit: mm (in)

Standard 0.037 - 0.047 (0.0015 - 0.0019)


Connecting rod bearing oil clearance
Limit 0.07 (0.0028)

Revision: July 2010 EM-118 2011 Sentra


PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]

SERVICE INFORMATION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT EM
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000006148932

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. D
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Man-
ual.
WARNING: E
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
F
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this G
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS H
WARNING:
When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Igni-
tion ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a I
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the J
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000006148933 K
NOTE:
This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYS-
TEM). L
Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
LOCK position.
Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. M
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mech-
anism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and N
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation. O
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Connect both battery cables.
NOTE: P
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
2. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ACC position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
3. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
4. Perform the necessary repair operation.

Revision: July 2010 EM-119 2011 Sentra


PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the LOCK position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000006148934

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield.

PIIB3706J

Precaution for Draining Coolant INFOID:0000000006148935

Drain coolant when engine is cooled.


Precaution for Disconnecting Fuel Piping INFOID:0000000006148936

Before starting work, make sure no fire or spark producing items are in the work area.
Release fuel pressure before any removal or disassembly.
After disconnecting pipes, plug openings to stop fuel leakage.
Precaution for Removal and Disassembly INFOID:0000000006148937

When instructed to use special service tools, use the specified tools. Always be careful to work safely, avoid
forceful operations.
Use maximum care to avoid damage to mating or sliding surfaces.
Cover openings of engine system with tape or equivalent, if necessary, to seal out foreign materials.
Mark and arrange disassembly parts in an organized way for easy troubleshooting and assembly.
When loosening nuts and bolts, as a basic rule, start with the one furthest outside, then the one diagonally
opposite, and so on. If the order of loosening is specified, follow the specifications.
Precaution for Inspection, Repair and Replacement INFOID:0000000006148938

Before repairing or replacing, thoroughly inspect parts. Inspect new replacement parts in the same way, and
replace if necessary.
Precaution for Assembly and Installation INFOID:0000000006148939

Use torque wrench to tighten bolts or nuts.


When tightening nuts and bolts, as a basic rule, equally tighten in several different steps starting with the
ones in center, then ones on inside and outside diagonally in this order. If the order of tightening is specified,
follow the specifications.
Always replace the old with a new gasket, packing, oil seal or O-ring.
Thoroughly wash, clean, and air-blow each part. Carefully check oil or coolant passages for any restriction
and blockage.
Avoid damaging sliding or mating surfaces. Completely remove foreign materials such as cloth lint or dust.
Before assembly, oil sliding surfaces well.
Bleed the air trapped within the system after draining the coolant.
Before starting engine, apply fuel pressure to fuel lines with turning ignition switch ON (with engine stopped).
Then make sure that there are no leaks at fuel line connections.
After repairing, start engine and increase engine speed to check coolant, fuel, oil, and exhaust systems for
leakage or rattles.
Parts Requiring Angular Tightening INFOID:0000000006148940

Use an angle wrench for the final tightening of the following engine parts.

Revision: July 2010 EM-120 2011 Sentra


PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
- Cylinder head bolts
- Lower cylinder block bolts A
- Connecting rod cap bolts
- Crankshaft pulley bolt (No angle wrench is required as the bolt flange is provided with notches for angular
tightening)
EM
Do not use a torque value for final tightening.
The torque value for these parts are for a preliminary step.
Ensure thread and seat surfaces are clean and coated with engine oil.
C
Precaution for Liquid Gasket INFOID:0000000006148941

REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET SEALING D


After removing the bolts and nuts, separate the mating surface and
remove the sealant using Tool.

Tool number : KV10111100 (J-37228) E

CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the mating surfaces.
In areas where the cutter is difficult to use, use a plastic hammer to F
lightly tap (1) the cutter where the RTV Silicone Sealant is applied.
Use a plastic hammer to slide the cutter (2) by tapping on the side.
CAUTION: G
If for some unavoidable reason a tool such as a flat-bladed PBIC0002E

screwdriver is used, be careful not to damage the mating sur-


faces.
H
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE
1. Using a scraper, remove the old Silicone RTV Sealant adhering
to the gasket application surface and the mating surface. I
Remove the sealant completely from the groove of the gasket
application surface, mounting bolts, and bolt holes.
2. Thoroughly clean the gasket application surface and the mating J
surface and remove adhering moisture, grease and foreign
materials.
3. Attach the sealant tube to the tube presser. K
Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant or equivalent. Refer to
GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant".
PBIC0003E
L
4. Apply the sealant using Tool without breaks to the specified
location.
M
Tube presser WS39930000 ( )
If there is a groove for the sealant application, apply the seal-
ant to the groove. N
As for the bolt holes, normally apply the sealant inside the
holes. If specified, it should be applied outside the holes. Make
sure to read the text of this manual. O
Within five minutes of the sealant application, install the mat-
ing component. EMA0622D

If the sealant protrudes, wipe it off immediately.


Do not retighten after the installation. P

Revision: July 2010 EM-121 2011 Sentra


PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
After 30 minutes or more have passed from the installation, fill
the engine with the specified oil and coolant. Refer to MA-15.

SEM159F

CAUTION:
Follow all specific instructions in this manual.

Revision: July 2010 EM-122 2011 Sentra


PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
PREPARATION
A
Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000006148942

The actual shapes of the Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of the special service tools illustrated here. EM

Tool number Description


(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name C
KV10111100 Removing steel oil pan and rear timing chain
(J-37228) case
Seal cutter D

E
S-NT046

ST0501S000 Disassembling and assembling


Engine stand assembly F
1. ST05011000
( )
Engine stand
G
2. ST05012000
( )
Base
NT042
H
KV10106500
( )
Engine stand shaft
I

J
NT028

KV10115300
( )
Engine sub-attachment
K

ZZA1078D

KV10116200 Disassembling valve mechanism M


(J-26336-B)
Valve spring compressor
1. KV10115900
(J-26336-20) N
Attachment

NT022 O
KV10112100 Tightening bolts for bearing cap, cylinder
(BT-8653-A) head, etc.
Angle wrench
P

S-NT014

Revision: July 2010 EM-123 2011 Sentra


PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Tool number Description
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
KV10107902 Removing valve oil seal
(J-38959)
Valve oil seal puller

S-NT011

KV10115600 Installing valve oil seal


(J-38958) Use side A.
Valve oil seal drift a: 20 (0.79) dia. d: 8 (0.31) dia.
b: 13 (0.51) dia. e: 10.7 (0.421) dia.
c: 10.3 (0.406) dia. f: 5 (0.20) dia.
Unit: mm (in)

S-NT603

EM03470000 Installing piston assembly into cylinder bore


(J-8037)
Piston ring compressor

S-NT044

ST16610001 Removing crankshaft pilot bushing


(J-23907)
Pilot bushing puller

S-NT045

WS39930000 Pressing the tube of liquid gasket


( )
Tube presser

S-NT052

16441 6N210 Removing fuel tube quick connectors in en-


(J-45488) gine room
Quick connector release (Available in SEC. 164 of PARTS CATALOG:
Part No. 16441 6N210)

PBIC0198E

KV10114400 Loosening or tightening rear heated oxygen


(J-38365) sensor
Heated oxygen sensor wrench a: 22 mm (0.87 in)

NT636

Revision: July 2010 EM-124 2011 Sentra


PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Tool number Description
(Kent-Moore No.) A
Tool name
KV10117100 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sen-
(J-36471-A) sor EM
Heated oxygen sensor wrench For 22 mm (0.87 in) hexagon nut

NT379

KV991J0050 Loosening or tightening air fuel ratio (A/F) D


(J-44626) sensor 1
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor wrench
E

LEM054 F
Releasing drive belt tension
(J-46535)
Drive belt tension releaser G

H
WBIA0536E

Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000006148943 I

Tool number Description


(Kent-Moore No.)
J
Tool name
Pulley holder Crankshaft pulley removing and installing
a: 68 mm (2.68 in) dia. K
b: 8 mm (0.31 in) dia.

NT628
M
Crank puller Crankshaft pulley removing

O
ZZA0010D

Valve seat cutter set Finishing valve seat dimensions

S-NT048

Revision: July 2010 EM-125 2011 Sentra


PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Tool number Description
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Piston ring expander Removing and installing piston ring

S-NT030

Valve guide drift Removing and installing valve guide


Intake & Exhaust:
a: 9.5 mm (0.374 in) dia.
b: 5.5 mm (0.217 in) dia.

S-NT015

Valve guide reamer 1: Reaming valve guide inner hole


2: Reaming hole for oversize valve guide
Intake & Exhaust:
d1: 6.0 mm (0.236 in) dia.
d2: 10.2 mm (0.402 in) dia.

S-NT016

(J-43897-18) Reconditioning the exhaust system threads


(J-43897-12) before installing a new heated oxygen sensor
Oxygen sensor thread cleaner (Use with anti-seize lubricant shown below.)
a: J-43897-18 [18 mm (0.71 in) dia.] for zir-
conia heated oxygen sensor
b: J-43897-12 [12 mm (0.47 in) dia.] for tita-
nia heated oxygen sensor
AEM488

Anti-seize lubricant (Permatex 133AR Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning


or equivalent meeting MIL specifica- tool when reconditioning exhaust system
tion MIL-A-907) threads

AEM489

Power tool Loosening bolts and nuts

PBIC0190E

Revision: July 2010 EM-126 2011 Sentra


PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Tool number Description
(Kent-Moore No.) A
Tool name
TP55 Torx plus Bit Removing and installing M/T flywheel bolts
EM

LBIA0284E

E20 Torx Socket Removing and installing CVT drive plate bolts D
(J-45816)

LBIA0285E F

Revision: July 2010 EM-127 2011 Sentra


NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting - Engine Noise INFOID:0000000006148944

WBIA0069E

Use the Chart Below to Help You Find the Cause of the Symptom INFOID:0000000006148945

1. Locate the area where noise occurs.


2. Confirm the type of noise.

Revision: July 2010 EM-128 2011 Sentra


NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
3. Specify the operating condition of engine.
4. Check specified noise source. A
If necessary, repair or replace these parts.

Operating condition of engine EM


Location Type of Before After When Source of Refer-
When When While Check item
of noise noise warm- warm- start- noise ence page
idling racing driving
up up ing C
Top of en- Ticking or Tappet
C A A B Valve clearance EM-161
gine clicking noise
Rocker
cover Camshaft Camshaft journal clear- D
EM-153
Cylinder Rattle C A A B C bearing ance
EM-153
head noise Camshaft runout

Piston and piston pin E


Slap or Piston pin clearance EM-203
A B B
knock noise Connecting rod bushing EM-203
clearance
F
Piston-to-bore clear-
Crank- ance
EM-203
shaft pul- Piston ring side clear-
Slap or Piston EM-203
ley A B B A ance G
rap slap noise EM-203
Cylinder Piston ring end gap
EM-203
block Connecting rod bend
(Side of and torsion
H
engine) Connect- Connecting rod bushing
Oil pan ing rod clearance (Small end) EM-203
Knock A B C B B B
bearing Connecting rod bearing EM-203
noise clearance (Big end) I
Main bearing oil clear-
Main bear- EM-203
Knock A B A B C ance
ing noise EM-203
Crankshaft runout J
Front of Timing
Timing chain cracks
engine chain and
Tapping or and wear EM-164
Timing A A B B B chain ten-
ticking Timing chain tensioner K
chain cov- sioner
operation
er noise
Drive belts
Squeak-
(Sticking L
ing or fizz- A B B B Drive belts deflection
or slip-
ing EM-130
ping)
Front of
Drive belts Idler pulley bearing op- M
engine Creaking A B A B A B
(Slipping) eration
Water
Squall
A B B A B pump Water pump operation CO-35
Creak
noise N

A: Closely related B: Related C: Sometimes related : Not related

Revision: July 2010 EM-129 2011 Sentra


DRIVE BELTS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
DRIVE BELTS
Checking Drive Belts INFOID:0000000006148946

AWBIA0275ZZ

1. Generator pulley 2. Water pump pulley 3. Drive belt auto tensioner


4. Idler pulley 5. Crankshaft pulley 6. A/C compressor pulley
A. Allowable use range (new belt) B. View B C. Allowable use range
D. Indicator (notch) E. Temporary retaining boss

WARNING:
Inspect the drive belt only when the engine is stopped.
Make sure that the indicator (notch on fixed side) of drive belt auto-tensioner is within the possible use
range.
NOTE:
Check the drive belt auto-tensioner indicator (notch) when the engine is cold.
When the new drive belt is installed, the range of possible use should be as shown.
Visually check entire belt for wear, damage or cracks.
If the indicator is out of allowable use range or belt is damaged, replace the drive belt.
Tension Adjustment INFOID:0000000006148947

Belt tension is not manually adjustable, it is automatically adjusted by the drive belt auto-tensioner.
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006148948

REMOVAL
1. Remove the splash shield (RH). Refer to EI-23, "Component".
2. Securely hold the hexagonal part in pulley center of drive belt
auto-tensioner, move in the direction of arrow (loosening direc-
tion of tensioner) using Tool.

Tool number : (J-46535)


WARNING:
Never place hand in a location where pinching may occur if
the holding tool accidentally comes off.
CAUTION:

WBIA0561E

Revision: July 2010 EM-130 2011 Sentra


DRIVE BELTS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Do not loosen the auto-tensioner pulley bolt. (Do not turn it counterclockwise.) If turned counter-
clockwise, the complete auto-tensioner must be replaced as a unit, including pulley. A
3. Insert a rod approximately 6 mm (0.24 in) in diameter through the rear of tensioner into retaining boss to
lock tensioner pulley.
Leave tensioner pulley arm locked until belt is installed again. EM
4. Remove drive belt.
INSTALLATION
C
1. Install the drive belt onto all of the pulleys except for the water pump pulley. Install the drive belt onto water
pump pulley last.
CAUTION:
Confirm drive belt is completely set on the pulleys. D
2. Release drive belt auto-tensioner, and apply tension to drive belt.
WARNING:
Never place hand in a location where pinching may occur if the holding tool accidentally comes E
off.
CAUTION:
Make sure no engine oil and engine coolant are adhered to drive belt and each pulley groove. F
3. Turn crankshaft pulley clockwise several times to equalize tension between each pulley.
4. Confirm tension of drive belt at indicator is within the allowable use range. Refer to EM-130, "Checking
Drive Belts". G
5. Install the splash shield (RH). Refer to EI-23, "Component".
Removal and Installation of Drive Belt Auto-tensioner INFOID:0000000006148949
H

WBIA0860E

1. Drive belt auto-tensioner 2. Water pump pulley N

REMOVAL
CAUTION: O
The complete auto-tensioner must be replaced as a unit, including the pulley.
1. Remove the RH front wheel and tire. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment".
2. Remove the drive belt EM-130, "Removal and Installation". P
3. Remove the engine room cover.
4. Remove the engine coolant reservoir.
5. Support the engine and remove the engine mounting insulator and bracket (RH). Refer to EM-184,
"Removal and Installation".
6. Remove the drive belt auto-tensioner.
CAUTION:

Revision: July 2010 EM-131 2011 Sentra


DRIVE BELTS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Do not loosen the auto-tensioner pulley bolt. (Do not turn it counterclockwise). If turned counter-
clockwise, the complete auto-tensioner must be replaced as a unit, including pulley.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
If there is damage greater than peeled paint, replace drive belt auto-tensioner units
Install the drive belt auto-tensioner carefully so not to damage the water pump pulley.
Do not swap the pulley between the new and old auto-tensioner units

Revision: July 2010 EM-132 2011 Sentra


AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT
A
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006148950

EM

I
WBIA0861E

1. Electric throttle control actuator tube 2. Resonator 3. Front air duct J


4. Air cleaner case 5. Mass air flow sensor 6. Resonator tube
7. Resonator in fender A. To electric throttle control actuator
K
REMOVAL
1. Remove the battery tray. Refer to SC-9, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery Tray)".
2. Remove the engine room cover. L
3. Disconnect the mass air flow sensor electrical connector.
4. Disconnect the tube clamp at the electric throttle control actuator and the fresh air intake tube.
5. Remove air cleaner to electric throttle control actuator tube, air cleaner case, with mass air flow sensor M
attached.
Add marks as necessary for easier installation.
6. Remove mass air flow sensor from air cleaner case, as necessary. N
CAUTION:
Handle the mass air flow sensor with care:
Do not shock it. O
Do not disassemble it.
Do not touch the internal sensor.
7. Remove the resonator in the fender, if necessary.
P
a. Remove the left front wheel and tire. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment".
b. Partially remove the left front fender protector. Refer to EI-24, "Removal and Installation".
c. Remove the left hand side splash shield. Refer to EI-24, "Removal and Installation".
d. Remove the engine under cover. Refer to EI-15, "Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: July 2010 EM-133 2011 Sentra


AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Align marks.
Attach each joint securely.
Screw clamps firmly.
CHANGING AIR CLEANER FILTER
1. Depress the air cleaner case lid side clips and remove the air cleaner case lid.
2. Remove the air cleaner filter.
3. Install a new air cleaner filter.
4. Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: July 2010 EM-134 2011 Sentra


INTAKE MANIFOLD
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
INTAKE MANIFOLD
A
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006148951

EM

ALBIA0521GB
J
1. EVAP hose 2. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid 3. Intake manifold
4. Intake manifold support (front) 5. Rubber seal 6. Intake manifold adapter
K
7. Gasket 8. Gasket 9. Intake manifold support (rear)
10. Rubber seal 11. Electric throttle control actuator 12. PCV hose
13. EVAP tube
L
REMOVAL
WARNING:
To avoid the danger of being scalded, never drain the coolant when the engine is hot. M
1. Remove the engine room cover.
2. Release the fuel pressure. Refer to EC-1185, "Fuel Pressure Check".
N
3. Drain engine coolant from the radiator. Refer to CO-40, "Changing Engine Coolant".
CAUTION:
Perform this step when engine is cold.
NOTE: O
This step necessary only when removing electric throttle control actuator from the vehicle.
4. Remove the battery tray. Refer to SC-9, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery Tray)".
5. Disconnect the MAF sensor electrical connector. P
6. Remove air cleaner case and air duct assembly. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation".
7. Remove cowl top. Refer to EI-21, "Removal and Installation".
8. Disconnect the following components at the intake side:
PCV hose
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
Electric throttle control actuator

Revision: July 2010 EM-135 2011 Sentra


INTAKE MANIFOLD
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Brake booster vacuum hose
9. Disconnect the fuel quick connector on the engine side.
Using Tool perform the following steps to disconnect the quick
connector.

Tool number : (J-45488)

WBIA0148E

a. Remove quick connector cap.

LBIA0090E

b. With the sleeve side of Tool facing quick connector, install Tool
onto fuel tube.
c. Insert Tool into quick connector until sleeve contacts and goes
no further. Hold the Tool on that position.
CAUTION:
Inserting the Tool hard will not disconnect quick connector.
Hold Tool where it contacts and goes no further.
d. Pull the quick connector straight out from the fuel tube.
CAUTION:
Pull quick connector holding it at the "A" position, as
shown. WBIA0473E

Do not pull with lateral force applied. O-ring inside quick


connector may be damaged.
Prepare container and cloth beforehand as fuel will leak out.
Avoid fire and sparks.
Be sure to cover openings of disconnected pipes with plug or plastic bag to avoid fuel leakage
and entry of foreign materials.

10. When removing fuel hose quick connector at vehicle piping side, perform as follows.
a. Remove quick connector cap.
b. Hold the sides of the connector, push in tabs and pull out the
tube. (The figure is shown for reference only.)
If the connector and the tube are stuck together, push and pull
several times until they start to move. Then disconnect them
by pulling.
CAUTION:
The tube can be removed when the tabs are completely
depressed. Do not twist it more than necessary.
Do not use any tools to remove the quick connector.
Keep the resin tube away from heat. Be especially careful SFE562A
when welding near the tube.
Prevent acid liquid such as battery electrolyte etc. from getting on the resin tube.
Do not bend or twist the tube during installation and removal.
Do not remove the remaining retainer on tube.
Revision: July 2010 EM-136 2011 Sentra
INTAKE MANIFOLD
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
When the tube is replaced, also replace the retainer with a new one.
Retainer color: Green. A
To keep clean the connecting portion and to avoid damage and foreign materials, cover them
completely with plastic bags or something similar.
11. Remove EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. EM
12. Loosen mounting bolts diagonally, reposition the electric throttle control actuator and position aside with-
out disconnecting the coolant hoses.
CAUTION:
C
Handle carefully to avoid any shock to electric throttle control actuator.
Never disassemble.
13. Disconnect intake manifold collector harness, and vacuum hose.
CAUTION: D
Cover engine openings to avoid entry of foreign materials.
14. Loosen the bolts in the order shown to remove the intake mani-
fold assembly, using power tools. E

WBIA0863E
H
Inspection After Removal
Surface Distortion
Using straightedge and feeler gauge, inspect surface distortion of intake manifold adapter and intake mani-
I
fold surface.

Limit : 0.1 mm (0.004 in)


J
INSTALLATION
Install the intake manifold bolts and nuts in the reverse order of removal, following the tightening sequences
below. K
Tightening Intake Manifold Bolts and Nuts
Tighten in numerical order as shown.
CAUTION:
After tightening No.5, retighten the No.1 bolt to specification. L

N
WBIA0864E

Tightening Intake Manifold Support Bolts O


Tighten the intake manifold support bolts following the tightening sequence below.
Temporarily tighten the intake manifold support (rear) bolts.
Tighten the electric throttle control actuator bolts.
Tighten the intake manifold support (rear) bolts. P
Temporarily tighten the intake manifold support (front) bolts (intake manifold side).
Tighten the intake manifold support (front) bolts (engine side).
Tighten the intake manifold support (front) bolts (intake manifold side).
Installation of Electric Throttle Control Actuator:
Tighten the mounting bolts of electric throttle control actuator equally and diagonally in several steps.
After installation perform procedure in "INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION".
CONNECTING QUICK CONNECTOR ON THE FUEL HOSE (ENGINE SIDE)
Revision: July 2010 EM-137 2011 Sentra
INTAKE MANIFOLD
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
1. Make sure no foreign substances are deposited in and around the fuel tube and quick connector, and
there is no damage to them.
2. Thinly apply new engine oil around the fuel tube tip end.
3. Align center to insert quick connector straight into fuel tube.
Insert fuel tube into quick connector until the top spool on fuel
tubes is inserted completely and the second level spool is
positioned slightly below the quick connector bottom end.
CAUTION:
Hold at position "A" as shown, when inserting the fuel
tube into the quick connector.
Carefully align to center to avoid inclined insertion to pre-
vent damage to the O-ring inside the quick connector.
Insert the fuel tube until you hear a click sound and
actually feel the engagement.
KBIA0272E
To avoid misidentification of engagement with a similar
sound, be sure to perform the next step.
4. Before clamping the fuel hose with the hose clamp, pull the quick connector hard by hand, holding at the
"A" position, as shown. Make sure it is completely engaged (connected) so that it does not come off of the
fuel tube.
NOTE:
Recommended pulling force is 50 N (5.1 kg-f, 11.2 lb-f).
5. Install quick connector cap on quick connector joint.
Direct arrow mark on quick connector cap to upper side (fuel
hose side).
6. Install fuel hose to hose clamp.

KBIA0298E

CONNECTING QUICK CONNECTOR ON THE FUEL HOSE (VEHICLE PIPING SIDE)


1. Make sure no foreign substances are deposited in and around the fuel tube and quick connector, and
there is no damage to them.
2. Align center to insert quick connector straight into fuel tube.
Insert fuel tube until a click is heard.
Install quick connector cap on quick connector joint. Direct
arrow mark on quick connector cap upper side.
Install fuel hose to hose clamp.

PBIC0662E

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


Make sure there is no fuel leakage at connections as follows:
1. Apply fuel pressure to fuel lines by turning ignition switch ON (with engine stopped). Then check for fuel
leaks at connections.
2. Start the engine and rev it up and check for fuel leaks at connections.
NOTE:
Use mirrors for checking on connections out of the direct line of sight.
CAUTION:
Do not touch engine immediately after stopping as engine is extremely hot.
Perform procedures for Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning after finishing repairs. Refer to EC-
1183, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".

Revision: July 2010 EM-138 2011 Sentra


INTAKE MANIFOLD
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
If electric throttle control actuator is replaced, perform procedures for Idle Air Volume Learning after
finishing repairs. Refer to EC-1183, "Idle Air Volume Learning". A

EM

Revision: July 2010 EM-139 2011 Sentra


EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006148952

AWBIA0776GB

1. Exhaust manifold gasket 2. Heated oxygen sensor 1 3. Exhaust manifold cover (upper and
lower)
4. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 5. Exhaust manifold cover lower bolt 6. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 2
7. Heated oxygen sensor 2 8. Exhaust manifold assembly

REMOVAL
1. Remove the engine under cover. Refer to EI-15, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove the splash shield (RH). Refer to EI-23, "Component".
3. Remove the front air duct. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation".
4. Remove generator and generator bracket. Refer to SC-33, "Removal and Installation QR25DE".
5. Remove the exhaust front tube. Refer to EX-11, "Component".
6. Remove oil level indicator tube.
7. Disconnect the electrical connector of heated oxygen sensor 1 or air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1, and unhook
the harness from the bracket and middle clamp on the cover.
8. Remove the heated oxygen sensor 1 or air fuel ratio (A/F) sen-
sor 1 using Tool.

Tool numbers : KV991J0050 (J-44626)


: KV10117100 (J-36471-A)
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage heated oxygen sensor or air fuel
ratio (A/F) sensor.
Discard any heated oxygen sensor or air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor which has been dropped from a height of more
WBIA0474E
than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a con-
crete floor; use a new one.

Revision: July 2010 EM-140 2011 Sentra


EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
9. Remove the lower exhaust manifold covers.
10. Remove the upper exhaust manifold cover. A
11. Loosen the nuts in reverse order as shown, on the exhaust man-
ifold and three way catalyst.
12. Remove the exhaust manifold and three way catalyst assembly EM
and gasket. Discard the gasket.

D
AWBIA0777ZZ

INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL E


Surface Distortion
Use a reliable straightedge and feeler gauge to check the flatness
of exhaust manifold fitting surface.
F
Limit : 0.7 mm (0.0276 in)

KBIA0046E

INSTALLATION I
Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Pay attention to the following.

Tightening Exhaust Manifold Nuts J


Tighten the nuts in the numerical order shown, to specification.

AWBIA0332ZZ
M

Installation of A/F Sensors and Heated Oxygen Sensors


Clean the A/F sensor and heated oxygen sensor threads with the Tool, then apply the anti-seize lubricant to N
the threads before installing the A/F sensor and heated oxygen sensors.

Oxygen sensor thread cleaner : J-43897 - 18 O


Oxygen sensor thread cleaner : J-43897 - 12
CAUTION:
Do not over-tighten the A/F sensors and heated oxygen sensors. Doing so may cause damage to the P
A/F sensors and heated oxygen sensors, resulting in a malfunction and the MIL coming on.

Revision: July 2010 EM-141 2011 Sentra


OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006148953

WBIA0867E

1. Oil dipstick tube 2. Oil pan (upper) 3. Cylinder block


4. Oil filter 5. Oil pickup screen 6. Drain plug
7. Oil pan (lower) 8. Rear plate cover 9. O-ring
A. Oil pan side

REMOVAL
WARNING:
To avoid the danger of being scalded, never drain the engine oil when the engine is hot.
Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer; try to avoid direct skin
contact with used oil. If skin contact is made, wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as
possible.
1. Drain engine oil. Refer to LU-19, "Changing Engine Oil".
2. Remove oil dipstick tube and indicator.
3. Remove the front exhaust tube. Refer to EX-11, "Component".
4. Remove A/C compressor bolts and position the A/C compressor aside. Refer to MTC-90, "Removal and
Installation for Compressor - QR25DE".
5. Disconnect center driveshaft bearing bracket, without removing the front driveshaft. Refer to FAX-10,
"Removal and Installation (Right Side)".
6. Remove the front suspension member for clearance to remove the oil pan. Refer to FSU-11, "Removal
and Installation".

Revision: July 2010 EM-142 2011 Sentra


OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
7. Remove the oil pan (lower) bolts in the order shown.
A

EM

WBIA0868E

D
8. Remove the oil pan (lower) using Tool.
NOTE:
Tap gently to cut sealant around the pan; do not damage the
E
mating surface using Tool.

Tool number : KV10111100 (J-37228)


F

G
WBIA0475E

9. Remove the oil pickup screen.


H
10. Remove rear plate cover, and four engine-to transaxle bolts, using power tool.

11. Remove the oil pan (upper) bolts in the order shown.
I

WBIA0869E
L

12. Remove oil pan (upper) using Tool.


NOTE:
M
Tap gently to cut sealant around the oil pan; do not damage the
mating surface using Tool.

Tool number : KV10111100 (J-37228) N

WBIA0475E

P
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Clean the oil pickup screen to remove any foreign material.
INSTALLATION
1. Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Paying attention to the following.

Revision: July 2010 EM-143 2011 Sentra


OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
a. Apply Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant (A), or equivalent, to the
upper oil pan. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product
and Sealant", and EM-121, "Precaution for Liquid Gasket".
Install the two new O-rings in the upper oil pan.

WBIA0870E

b. Tighten the oil pan (upper) bolts in the order as shown.


NOTE:
Use the bolt sizes specified below:
M6 20 mm (0.79 in): No.16, 17
M8 25 mm (0.98 in): No.3, 4, 6, 11, 13, 14, 15
M8 x 60 mm (2.36 in): No.5, 7, 8, 9, 10
M8 x100 mm (3.97 in): No.1, 2, 12

WBIA0871E

c. Apply Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant (A), or equivalent to the


lower oil pan. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product
and Sealant", and EM-121, "Precaution for Liquid Gasket"

WBIA0872E

d. Tighten the oil pan (lower) bolts in the numerical order shown.
Wait at least 30 minutes after the oil pans are installed before
filling the engine with oil.

WBIA0873E

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


Check for any engine oil leaks with the engine at operating temperature and running at idle.

Revision: July 2010 EM-144 2011 Sentra


IGNITION COIL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
IGNITION COIL
A
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006148954

EM

G
AWBIA0779GB

1. Ignition coil 2. Spark plug 3. Rocker cover


H
REMOVAL
1. Remove the engine room cover.
2. Remove resonator. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation". I
3. Disconnect the harness connector from the ignition coil.
4. Remove the ignition coil.
J
CAUTION:
Do not drop or shock it.
INSTALLATION K
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: July 2010 EM-145 2011 Sentra


SPARK PLUG
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
SPARK PLUG
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006148955

AWBIA0779GB

1. Ignition coil 2. Spark plug 3. Rocker cover

REMOVAL
1. Remove the ignition coil. Refer to EM-145, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove the spark plug with a suitable spark plug wrench.

PBIC2982E

INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL


Do not use a wire brush for cleaning the spark plugs. Replace as
necessary.

SMA773C

If plug is covered with carbon, a spark plug cleaner may be used.

Cleaner air pressure : less than 588 kPa (6 kg/cm2, 85 psi)


Cleaning time : less than 20 seconds

Revision: July 2010 EM-146 2011 Sentra


SPARK PLUG
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Checking and adjusting plug gap is not required between change
intervals. If the gap is out of specification, replace the spark plug. A

Gap (nominal) : 1.1 mm (0.043 in)


EM

SMA806CA

D
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Spark Plug Types E
Make NGK
Part number* DILKAR6A-11
Gap (nominal) 1.1 mm (0.043 in) F
*Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

Revision: July 2010 EM-147 2011 Sentra


FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006148956

AWBIA0077ZZ

1. Fuel tube protector 2. Fuel tube 3. O-ring (upper)


4. Clip 5. Fuel injector 6. O-ring (lower)
7. Intake manifold adapter A. Refer to "INSTALLATION" EM-148

WARNING:
Put a CAUTION: FLAMMABLE sign in the workshop.
Be sure to work in a well ventilated area and furnish workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher.
Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from the work area.
CAUTION:
Apply new engine oil to parts before installing the parts, as shown above.
Do not remove or disassemble parts unless instructed as shown.
REMOVAL
1. Release the fuel pressure. Refer to EC-1185, "Fuel Pressure Check".
2. Remove the cowl top. Refer to EI-21, "Removal and Installation".
3. Remove the front air duct and electric throttle control actuator tube and resonator. Refer to EM-133,
"Removal and Installation".
4. Remove the battery tray. Refer to SC-9, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery Tray)".
5. Remove the engine room cover.
6. Remove the air cleaner assembly. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: July 2010 EM-148 2011 Sentra


FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
7. Disconnect the fuel hose quick connector at the fuel tube side. Refer to EM-135.
CAUTION: A
Prepare a container and shop cloth for catching any spilled fuel.
While hoses are disconnected seal their openings with vinyl bag or similar material to prevent
foreign material from entering them.
EM
8. Remove the intake manifold. Refer to EM-135.
9. Disconnect sub-harness for injector at engine front side, and remove it from bracket.
10. Loosen the bolts in the order as shown, then remove fuel tube C
and fuel injectors as an assembly.
11. Remove the fuel injectors from the fuel tube.
Release the clip and remove the fuel injector. D
Pull fuel injector straight out of the fuel tube.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the nozzle.
Avoid any impact, such as dropping the fuel injector. E
Do not disassemble or adjust the fuel injector.

WBIA0875E F
INSTALLATION
1. Install new O-rings on the fuel injector.
Fuel tube side: Black G
Nozzle side: Green
CAUTION:
Handle O-ring with bare hands. Never wear gloves. H
Lubricate O-ring with new engine oil.
Never clean O-ring with solvent.
Make sure that O-ring and its mating part are free of foreign material.
I
When installing O-ring, be careful not to scratch it with tool or fingernails. Also be careful not to
twist or stretch O-ring. If O-ring was stretched while it was being attached, never insert it quickly
into fuel tube.
Insert O-ring straight into fuel tube. Never twist it. J
2. Install the fuel injector into the fuel tube with the following proce-
dure:
Do not reuse the clip, replace it with a new one. K
Insert the new clip into the clip attachment groove on fuel
injector.
Insert the clip so that lug "A" of fuel injector matches notch "A"
of the clip. L
3. Insert fuel injector into fuel tube with clip attached.
Insert it while matching it to the axial center.
Insert fuel injector so that lug "B" of fuel injector matches notch M
"B" of the clip.
Make sure that fuel tube flange is securely fixed in flange fixing
groove on the clip. N
Make sure that installation is complete by checking that fuel
injector does not rotate or come off.
4. Install fuel tube assembly.
O
a. Insert the tip of each fuel injector into intake manifold.

KBIA0240E

Revision: July 2010 EM-149 2011 Sentra


FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
b. Tighten the bolts in two steps in the numerical order as shown.

Fuel tube assembly bolts


Step 1 : 10.0 Nm (1.0 kg-m, 7 ft-lb.)
Step 2 : 22.0 Nm (2.2 kg-m, 16 ft-lb.)

WBIA0875E

CAUTION:
After properly connecting fuel tube assembly to injector and fuel hose, check connection for fuel
leakage.
5. Install the intake manifold. Refer to EM-135.
6. Connect the fuel hose quick connector. Refer to EM-135.
7. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
Make sure there is no fuel leakage at connections as follows:
1. Apply fuel pressure to fuel lines by turning ignition switch ON (with engine stopped). Then check for fuel
leaks at connections.
2. Start the engine and rev it up and check for fuel leaks at connections.
CAUTION:
Do not touch engine immediately after stopping as engine is extremely hot.
NOTE:
Use mirrors for checking on connections out of the direct line of sight.
Perform procedures for Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning after finishing repairs. Refer to EC-
1183, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
If electric throttle control actuator is replaced, perform procedures for Idle Air Volume Learning after
finishing repairs. Refer to EC-1183, "Idle Air Volume Learning".

Revision: July 2010 EM-150 2011 Sentra


ROCKER COVER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
ROCKER COVER
A
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006148957

EM

WBIA0876E

G
1. Oil filler cap 2. Rocker cover 3. Gasket
A. Follow the installation procedure

REMOVAL H
1. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. Refer to SC-8, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery)".
2. Remove the engine room cover.
I
3. Remove the engine coolant reservoir.
4. Remove the ignition coils. Refer to EM-145, "Removal and Installation".
5. Install a suitable jack under engine. J
6. Remove engine mounting insulator and bracket (RH). Refer to EM-184.
7. Remove PCV hose.
8. Loosen the bolts in the numerical order as shown using power K
tool.
9. Remove the rocker cover. Remove the oil filler cap and PCV
valve if necessary, to transfer to the new rocker cover. L

WBIA0877E N
INSTALLATION
1. Apply RTV Silicone Sealant to the joint part of the cylinder head and camshaft bracket using the following
O
the steps.

Revision: July 2010 EM-151 2011 Sentra


ROCKER COVER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant, or equivalent. Refer to
GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant".
a. Follow illustration a to apply sealant to joint part of No.1 cam-
shaft bracket and cylinder head.
b. Follow illustration b to apply sealant in a 90 degree angle to
the illustration a.
2. Install the rocker cover.
The rocker cover gasket must be securely installed in the
groove in the rocker cover.

WBIA0164E

3. Tighten the rocker cover bolts in two steps, in the numerical


order as shown.

Step 1 : 1.96 Nm (0.20 kg-m, 17 in-lb)


Step 2 : 8.33 Nm (0.85 kg-m, 74 in-lb)

WBIA0878E

4. Connect the PCV hose and breather hose to the rocker cover. If necessary, install the oil filler cap and
PCV valve and lubricate the PCV valve O-ring with new engine oil.
5. Install the ignition coils. Refer to EM-145, "Removal and Installation".
6. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: July 2010 EM-152 2011 Sentra


CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
CAMSHAFT
A
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006148958

EM

AWBIA0981GB
J
1. Camshaft bracket (No. 1) 2. Washer 3. Front cover (partial view)
4. Chain guide 5. Chain tensioner 6. O-ring(s)
K
7. Chain tensioner spring 8. Chain tensioner plunger 9. IVT control solenoid valve
10. IVT control cover 11. Camshaft sprocket (EXH) 12. Camshaft sprocket (INT)
13. Valve lifter 14. Camshaft (EXH) 15. Camshaft (INT)
L
16. Camshaft brackets (EXH) 17. Camshaft brackets (INT) 18. Camshaft sensor bracket
A. Refer to "INSTALLATION"

REMOVAL M
1. Disconnect battery negative terminal. Refer to SC-8, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery)".
2. Remove the rocker cover. Refer to EM-151, "Removal and Installation".
N
3. Remove the splash shield (RH). Refer to EI-23, "Component".
4. Support the front of the engine using a suitable jack.
5. Remove the torque rod and the engine mounting insulator and bracket (RH). Refer to EM-184, "Removal O
and Installation".
6. Remove the coolant overflow reservoir tank.
7. Disconnect variable timing control solenoid harness connector. P

Revision: July 2010 EM-153 2011 Sentra


CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
8. Loosen the IVT control cover bolts in the order as shown.

WBIA0883E

Remove the IVT control cover by cutting the sealant using


Tool.

Tool number : KV10111100 (J-37228)

WBIA0475E

9. Set the No.1 cylinder at TDC on its compression stroke with the
following procedure:
a. Rotate crankshaft pulley clockwise, and align mating marks for
TDC with timing indicator on front cover, as shown.

KBIA0190E

b. At the same time, make sure that the mating marks on camshaft
sprockets are lined up with the yellow links in the timing chain,
as shown.
If not, rotate crankshaft pulley one more turn to line up the
mating marks to the yellow links, as shown.

KBIA0115E

10. Disconnect and remove the camshaft position sensor.


11. Pull the timing chain guide out between the camshaft sprockets through front cover.

Revision: July 2010 EM-154 2011 Sentra


CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
12. Remove camshaft sprockets with the following procedure.
CAUTION: A
Do not rotate the crankshaft or camshaft while the timing
chain is removed. It causes interference between valve
and piston.
EM
NOTE:
Chain tension holding work is not necessary. Crankshaft
sprocket and timing chain do not disconnect structurally while
front cover is attached. C
a. Line up the mating marks on camshaft sprockets with the yellow
links in the timing chain, and paint an indelible mating mark on KBIA0049E
the sprocket and timing chain link plate. D
b. Push in the tensioner plunger and hold. Insert a stopper pin into
the hole on tensioner body to hold the chain tensioner. Remove
the timing chain tensioner. E
Use a wire with 0.5 mm (0.02 in) diameter for a stopper pin.
c. Secure the hexagonal part of camshaft with a suitable tool.
Loosen the camshaft sprocket mounting bolts and remove the
camshaft sprockets. F

G
KBIA0048E

13. Loosen the camshaft bracket bolts in the order as shown, and H
remove the camshaft brackets and camshafts.
Remove No.1 camshaft bracket by slightly tapping it with a
rubber mallet. I
14. Remove the valve lifters, if necessary.
Check mounting positions, and set them aside in the order
removed.
J

WBIA0028E K

INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL


Camshaft Runout L
1. Put the camshaft on a V-block supporting the No.2 and No.5
journals.
2. Set the dial gauge vertically on the No.3 journal. M
3. Turn camshaft in one direction by hand, and measure the cam-
shaft runout on the dial gauge total indicator reading.
N
Standard : Less than 0.04 mm (0.0016 in)

O
PBIC0038E

Camshaft Cam Height


P

Revision: July 2010 EM-155 2011 Sentra


CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
1. Measure the camshaft cam height.

Standard intake cam height : 44.815 - 45.005 mm


(1.7644 - 1.7718 in)
Standard exhaust cam height : 43.975 - 44.165 mm
(1.7313 - 1.7388 in)
2. If wear is beyond the limit, replace the camshaft.

PBIC0039E

Camshaft Journal Clearance


Outer Diameter of Camshaft Journal
Measure the outer diameter of the camshaft journal.

Standard No.1 outer di- : 27.935 - 27.955 mm


ameter (1.0998 - 1.1006 in)
Standard No.2, 3, 4, 5, : 23.435 - 23.455 mm
outer diameter (0.9226 - 0.9234 in)

PBIC0040E

Inner Diameter of Camshaft Bracket


Tighten the camshaft bracket bolts to the specified torque following
the tightening pattern as shown.

Step 1 (bolts 9 - 11) : 1.96 Nm (0.2 kg-m, 17 in-lb)


Step 2 (bolts 1 - 8) : 1.96 Nm (0.2 kg-m, 17 in-lb)
Step 3 (bolts 1 - 11) : 5.88 Nm (0.6 kg-m, 52 in-lb)
Step 4 (bolts 1 - 11) : 10.4 Nm (1.02 kg-m, 92 in-lb)

SBIA0255E

Using inside micrometer, measure inner diameter of camshaft


bracket.

Standard : 28.000 - 28.021 mm (1.1024 - 1.1032 in)


No.1
Standard : 23.500 - 23.521 mm (0.9252 - 0.9260 in)
No.2, 3, 4, 5

PBIC0041E

Calculation of Camshaft Journal Clearance


(Journal clearance) = (inner diameter of camshaft bracket) (outer diameter of camshaft journal)

Standard : 0.045 - 0.086 mm (0.0018 - 0.0034 in)


When out of the specified range above, replace either or both the camshaft and the cylinder head assembly.
NOTE:
Inner diameter of the camshaft bracket is manufactured together with the cylinder head. If the camshaft
bracket is out of specification, replace the whole cylinder head assembly.

Revision: July 2010 EM-156 2011 Sentra


CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Camshaft End Play
1. Install a dial gauge in the thrust direction on the front end of the A
camshaft. Measure the end play with the dial gauge while mov-
ing the camshaft forward and backward (in direction to axis).
EM
Standard end : 0.115 - 0.188 mm (0.0045 - 0.0074 in)
play
2. If out of the specified range, replace with new camshaft and C
measure again.
3. If out of the specified range again, replace with new cylinder
head assembly. PBIC0042E
D

Camshaft Sprocket Runout


1. Install the camshaft in the cylinder head. E
2. Install the camshaft sprocket on the camshaft.
3. Measure camshaft sprocket runout while turning the camshaft
by hand. F

Runout : Less than 0.15 mm (0.0059 in)


4. If it exceeds the specification, replace camshaft sprocket. G

KBIA0181J

Valve Lifter I
Check if the surface of the valve lifter has any excessive wear or
cracks, replace as necessary.
J

L
KBIA0182E

Valve Lifter Clearance


M
Outer Diameter of Valve Lifter
Measure the outer diameter of the valve lifter.

Valve lifter out- N


er diameter : 33.977 - 33.987 mm (1.3377 - 1.3381 in)
If out of the specified range, replace the valve lifter.
O

P
JEM798G

Revision: July 2010 EM-157 2011 Sentra


CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Valve Lifter Bore Inner Diameter
Using inside micrometer, measure diameter of valve lifter bore of
cylinder head.

Standard : 34.000 - 34.021 mm (1.3386 - 1.3394 in)


If out of the specified range, replace the cylinder head assembly.

PBIC0043E

Calculation of Valve Lifter Clearance


(Valve lifter clearance) = (hole diameter for valve lifter) (outer diameter of valve lifter)

Standard : 0.013 - 0.044 mm (0.0005 - 0.0017 in)


If out of specified range, replace either or both valve lifter and cylinder head assembly.
INSTALLATION
1. Install the valve lifters, if removed.
Install them in the same position from which they were removed.
2. Install the camshafts.
The distinction between the intake and exhaust camshafts is in
a difference of shapes of the back end:

Intake (B): Signal plate for the camshaft position sensor


(PHASE)
Exhaust (A): Cone end shape

WBIA0881E

Install camshafts so that the dowel pins on the front side are
positioned as shown.

KBIA0051E

3. Install camshaft brackets.


Install by referring to identification mark on upper surface
mark.
Install so that identification mark can be correctly read when
viewed from the exhaust side.

SBIA0256E

Revision: July 2010 EM-158 2011 Sentra


CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Install No. 1 camshaft bracket as follows.
- Apply sealant to No.1 camshaft bracket as shown. A
Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant, or equivalent. Refer to
GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant".
CAUTION:
EM
After installation, be sure to wipe off any excessive seal-
ant leaking from part A (both on right and left sides).

SBIA0257E

D
Apply sealant to camshaft bracket contact surface on the front
cover backside.
Apply sealant to the outside of bolt hole on front cover. E

G
SBIA0258E

Position the No.1 camshaft bracket near the mounting posi- H


tion, and install it without disturbing the sealant applied to the
surfaces.
I

K
SBIA0259E

4. Tighten camshaft bracket bolts in four steps in the order as


L
shown.

Step 1 (bolts 9 - 11) : 1.96 Nm (0.2 kg-m, 17 in-lb)


Step 2 (bolts 1 - 8) : 1.96 Nm (0.2 kg-m, 17 in-lb) M

Step 3 (bolts 1 - 11) : 5.88 Nm (0.6 kg-m, 52 in-lb)


Step 4 (bolts 1 - 11) : 10.4 Nm (1.02 kg-m, 92 in-lb) N
CAUTION:
After tightening camshaft bracket bolts, be sure to wipe off
excessive sealant from the parts listed below. SBIA0255E
O
Mating surface of rocker cover.
Mating surface of front cover, when installed without the front cover.
P

Revision: July 2010 EM-159 2011 Sentra


CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
5. Install camshaft sprockets.
Install them by lining up the mating marks on each camshaft
sprocket with the ones painted on the timing chain during
removal.
Before installation of chain tensioner, it is possible to re-match
the marks on timing chain with the ones on each sprocket.
CAUTION:
Aligned mating marks could slip. Therefore, after match-
ing them, hold the timing chain in place by hand.
Before and after installing chain tensioner, check again to
make sure that mating marks have not slipped.
KBIA0115E
6. Install chain tensioner.
CAUTION:
After installation, pull the stopper pin off completely, and make sure that the tensioner is fully
released.
7. Install chain guide.
8. Install IVT control cover with the following procedure.
a. Install IVT control solenoid valve to IVT control cover.
b. Install three O-rings to front cover side.
c. Apply Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant to the positions as shown
(A). Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and
Sealant".

WBIA0882E

d. Install IVT control cover.


Tighten the bolts in the numerical order as shown.
9. Check and adjust valve clearances. Refer to EM-161, "Valve
Clearance".
10. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order
of removal.

WBIA0880E

Inspection After Installation INFOID:0000000006148959

Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove


CAUTION:
Perform this inspection only when DTC P0011 is detected in self-diagnostic results of CONSULT III
and it is directed according to inspection procedure of EC section. Refer to EC-1249.
Check when engine is cold so as to prevent burns from any splashing engine oil.
1. Check engine oil level. Refer to LU-18, "Inspection".
2. Perform the following procedure so as to prevent the engine from being unintentionally started while
checking.
a. Release fuel pressure. Refer to EC-1185, "Fuel Pressure Check".
b. Disconnect ignition coil and injector harness connectors if practical.
3. Remove IVT control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-153.

Revision: July 2010 EM-160 2011 Sentra


CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
4. Crank engine, and then make sure that engine oil comes out
from IVT control cover oil hole. End cranking after checking. A
WARNING:
Be careful not to touch rotating parts (drive belts, idler pul-
ley, and crankshaft pulley, etc.). EM
CAUTION:
Engine oil may squirt from IVT control solenoid valve
installation hole during cranking. Use a shop cloth to pre-
vent engine oil from splashing on worker, engine compo- C
nents and vehicle.
Do not allow engine oil to get on rubber components such KBIA2683E
as drive belts or engine mount insulators. Immediately D
wipe off any splashed engine oil.
5. Clean oil groove between oil strainer and IVT control solenoid valve if engine oil does not come out from
IVT control cover oil hole. Refer to LU-16, "Lubrication Circuit". E
6. Remove components between IVT control solenoid valve and camshaft sprocket (INT), and then check
each oil groove for clogging.
Clean oil groove if necessary. Refer to LU-16, "Lubrication Circuit".
F
7. After inspection, installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
Valve Clearance INFOID:0000000006148960

G
Inspection
Perform this inspection as follows after removal, installation, or replacement of the camshaft or any valve-
related parts, or if there are any unusual engine conditions due to changes in valve clearance over time H
(starting, idling, and/or noise).
1. Warm up the engine, then stop it.
2. Remove splash shield (RH). Refer to EI-23, "Component". I
3. Remove the rocker cover. Refer to EM-151, "Removal and Installation".
4. Turn crankshaft pulley in normal direction (clockwise when
viewed from front) to align TDC identification mark (without paint J
mark) with timing indicator.

KBIA0190E
M
5. At this time, check that the both intake and exhaust cam lobes of
No. 1 cylinder face outside.
If they do not face outside, turn crankshaft pulley once more. N

P
KBIA0400J

Revision: July 2010 EM-161 2011 Sentra


CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
6. By referring to the figure (locations indicated with black arrow),
measure valve clearances with a feeler gauge at locations
marked X as shown in the table below.
No.1 cylinder compression TDC.

Cylinder No.1 No.2 No.3 No.4


Valve INT EXH INT EXH INT EXH INT EXH
Measurable x

KBIA0248E

Use a feeler gauge to measure the clearance between valve


and camshaft.

Valve clearance standard:


Cold Intake : 0.24 - 0.32 mm (0.009 - 0.013 in)
Exhaust : 0.26 - 0.34 mm (0.010 - 0.013 in)
Hot* Intake : 0.304 - 0.416 mm (0.012 - 0.016 in)
Exhaust : 0.308 - 0.432 mm (0.012 - 0.017 in)
*Reference data at approximately 80C (176F)
KBIA0185E
CAUTION:
If inspection was carried out with cold engine, check that values with fully warmed up engine are
still within specifications.
7. Turn crankshaft one complete revolution (360) and align mark on crankshaft pulley with pointer.
8. By referring to the figure (locations indicated with black arrow),
measure valve clearances with a feeler gauge at locations
marked X as shown in the table below.
No.4 cylinder compression TDC.

Cylinder No.1 No.2 No.3 No.4


Valve INT EXH INT EXH INT EXH INT EXH
Measurable x x

KBIA0249E

9. If out of specifications, adjust as follows.


ADJUSTMENT
Perform adjustment depending on selected head thickness of valve lifter.
The specified valve lifter thickness is the dimension at normal temperatures. Ignore dimensional differences
caused by temperature. Use the specifications for hot engine condition to adjust.
1. Remove camshaft. Refer to EM-153, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove the valve lifters at the locations that are outside the standard.

Revision: July 2010 EM-162 2011 Sentra


CAMSHAFT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
3. Measure the center thickness of the removed valve lifters with a
micrometer. A

EM

KBIA0057E

D
4. Use the equation below to calculate valve lifter thickness for replacement.
Valve lifter thickness calculation.
t = t1 + (C1 - C2) E
t = Thickness of replacement valve lifter.
t1 = Thickness of removed valve lifter.
C1 = Measured valve clearance.
C2 = Standard valve clearance. F
Thickness of a new valve lifter can be identified by stamp
marks on the reverse side (inside the cylinder).
Stamp mark 696 indicates a thickness of 6.96 mm (0.2740 in) G
Available thickness of valve lifter: 26 sizes with a range of
6.96 to 7.46 mm (0.2740 to 0.2937 in), in steps of 0.02 mm
(0.0008 in), when assembled at the factory. H
5. Install the selected valve lifter.
6. Install camshaft.
7. Manually turn crankshaft pulley a few turns. I
8. Check that valve clearances for cold engine are within specifica- KBIA0119E
tions, by referring to the specified values.
9. After completing the repair, check valve clearances again with the specifications for warmed engine. Use J
a feeler gauge to measure the clearance between the valve and camshaft. Make sure the values are
within specifications.
K
Valve clearance standard:
Cold Intake : 0.24 - 0.32 mm (0.009 - 0.013 in)
Exhaust : 0.26 - 0.34 mm (0.010 - 0.013 in) L
Hot* Intake : 0.304 - 0.416 mm (0.012 - 0.016 in)
Exhaust : 0.308 - 0.432 mm (0.012 - 0.017 in)
M
*: Reference data at approximately 80C (176F)

Revision: July 2010 EM-163 2011 Sentra


TIMING CHAIN
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
TIMING CHAIN
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006148961

AWBIA0982GB

1. Oil rings 2. Camshaft sprocket (INT) 3. Camshaft sprocket (EXH)


4. Chain tensioner 5. Spring 6. Chain tensioner plunger
7. Timing chain slack guide 8. Timing chain 9. Front cover
10. Chain guide 11. IVT solenoid valve 12. IVT cover
13. Crankshaft pulley bolt 14. Crankshaft pulley 15. Front oil seal
16. Balancer unit timing chain tensioner 17. Oil pump drive spacer 18. Crankshaft sprocket
19. Timing chain tension guide 20. Balancer unit timing chain 21. Balancer unit
22. Balancer unit sprocket A. Follow the installation procedure

CAUTION:
Apply new engine oil to parts marked in illustration before installation.
REMOVAL
1. Remove the engine from the vehicle. Refer to EM-184, "Removal and Installation".
2. Mount engine to suitable stand.

Revision: July 2010 EM-164 2011 Sentra


TIMING CHAIN
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
3. Remove the drive belt auto-tensioner. Refer to EM-131, "Removal and Installation of Drive Belt Auto-ten-
sioner". A
4. Remove the A/C compressor. Refer to MTC-90, "Removal and Installation for Compressor - QR25DE".
5. Remove the upper and lower oil pan, and oil strainer. Refer to EM-142, "Removal and Installation".
6. Disconnect variable timing control solenoid harness connector. EM
7. Remove engine ground.
8. Loosen IVT control cover bolts in the numerical order as shown.
C

WBIA0883E
a.
F
Remove the IVT control cover using Tool.

Tool number : KV10111100 (J-37228) G

WBIA0475E
J
9. Pull chain guide between camshaft sprockets out through front cover.

10. Set the No.1 cylinder at TDC on the compression stroke with the
following procedure: K
a. Rotate the crankshaft pulley clockwise and align the mating
marks to the timing indicator on the front cover.
L

KBIA0190E
N
b. At the same time, make sure that the mating marks on the cam-
shaft sprockets are lined up as shown.
If not lined up, rotate the crankshaft pulley one more turn to O
line up the mating marks to the positions as shown.

KBIA0115E

Revision: July 2010 EM-165 2011 Sentra


TIMING CHAIN
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
11. Remove crankshaft pulley with the following procedure:
a. Hold the crankshaft pulley using suitable tool, then loosen the
crankshaft pulley bolt, and pull the pulley out about 10 mm (0.39
in).

KBIA0077E

b. Attach suitable pulley puller in the M 6 (0.24 in diameter) thread


hole on crankshaft pulley, and remove crankshaft pulley using a
suitable puller.

KBIA0078E

12. Remove the front cover with the following procedure:


a. Loosen the bolts in the reverse order as shown, and remove
them.
b. Remove the front cover.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the mounting surface.
13. If the front oil seal needs to be replaced, lift it out with a screw-
driver to remove it.

WBIA0885E

14. Remove timing chain with the following procedure:


a. Push in the tensioner plunger. Insert a stopper pin into the hole
on the tensioner body to hold the chain tensioner.
Use a wire of 0.5 mm (0.02 in) diameter as a stopper pin.
b. Remove the chain tensioner.

KBIA0048E

Revision: July 2010 EM-166 2011 Sentra


TIMING CHAIN
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
c. Secure hexagonal part of the camshaft with a wrench and
loosen the camshaft sprocket bolt and remove the camshaft A
sprocket for both camshafts.
CAUTION:
Do not rotate the crankshaft or camshafts while the timing EM
chain is removed. It can cause damage to the valve and
piston.
C

KBIA0049E
D
15. Remove the chain slack guide, tension guide, timing chain, and oil pump drive spacer.

16. Press stopper tab (A) in the direction shown to push the timing E
chain slack guide (B) toward timing chain tensioner (for balancer
unit) (1).
The slack guide (B) is released by pressing the stopper tab F
(A). As a result, the slack guide (B) can be moved.
17. Insert stopper pin (D) into tensioner body hole (C) to secure tim-
ing chain slack guide (B).
G
NOTE:
Use a hard metal pin with a diameter of approximately 1.2 mm
(0.047 in) as a stopper pin.
18. Remove timing chain for balancer unit, sprocket for balancer H
unit and crankshaft sprocket.

PBIC5314E

L
19. Loosen bolts in reverse order as shown, and remove balancer
unit, if necessary.
Use Torx socket (size E14)
CAUTION: M
Do not disassemble balancer unit.

O
WBIA0886E

INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL


Timing Chain P

Revision: July 2010 EM-167 2011 Sentra


TIMING CHAIN
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Check the timing chain for cracks or serious wear. If a defect is
detected, replace it.

PBIC0282E

Balancer Unit Bolt Outer Diameter


Measure outer diameters (d1, d2) at the two positions as shown.
Measure d2 within the range A.
If the value difference (d1 - d2) exceeds the limit (a dimension dif-
ference is large), replace it with a new one.

Limit : 0.15 mm (0. 0059 in) or more

KBIA0126E

INSTALLATION
NOTE:
There may be two color variations of the link marks (link colors) on the timing chain.
There are 26 links between the gold/yellow mating marks on the timing chain; and 64 links between the cam-
shaft sprocket gold/yellow link and the crankshaft sprocket orange/blue link, on the timing chain side without
the tensioner.
1. Make sure the crankshaft key points straight up.
2. Install the balancer unit and tighten the bolts in the numerical
order as shown, if removed:
: Front
CAUTION:
When reusing a bolt, check its outer diameter before
installation. Follow the "Balancer Unit Bolt Outer Diame-
ter" procedure.

Tool number (A) : KV10112100 (BT-8653-A)

WBIA0887E

CAUTION:
Check tightening angle with an angle wrench (A) or a pro-
tractor. Do not make judgment by visual check alone.
Apply new engine oil to threads and seating surfaces of
bolts.

Balancer unit bolts


Step 1
Bolts 1-5 : 42 Nm (4.3 kg-m, 31 ft-lb)
Bolt 6 : 36 Nm (3.7 kg-m, 27 ft-lb)
Step 2 WBIA0888E

Bolts 1-5 : 120 + 5


Bolt 6 : 90 + 5

Revision: July 2010 EM-168 2011 Sentra


TIMING CHAIN
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Step 3 (Loosen in reverse : 0 Nm (0 kg-m, 0 ft-lb)
order or tightening) A
Step 4
Bolts 1-5 : 42 Nm (4.3 kg-m, 31 ft-lb)
EM
Bolt 6 : 36 Nm (3.7 kg-m, 27 ft-lb)
Step 5
Bolts 1-5 : 120 + 5 C
Bolt 6 : 90 + 5

3. Install the crankshaft sprocket and timing chain for the balancer D
unit.
Make sure that the crankshaft sprocket is positioned with mat-
ing marks on the block and sprocket meeting at the top. E
Install it by lining up mating marks on each sprocket and timing
chain.
F

KBIA0123E
G

4. Install timing chain tensioner (for balancer unit) (1).


1. Fix the plunger at the most compressed position using a H
stopper pin (A), and then install it.
2. Securely pull out the stopper pin after installing the tim-
ing chain tensioner (for balancer unit).
I
3. Check matching mark position of balancer unit timing chain
and each sprocket again.

AWBIA0139ZZ

K
5. Install timing chain and related parts.
Install by lining up mating marks on each sprocket and timing
chain as shown.
L
CAUTION:
After the mating marks are aligned, keep them aligned by
holding them with a hand.
NOTE: M
Before installing chain tensioner, it is possible to change the
position of mating mark on timing chain for that of each sprocket
for alignment.
N
Before and after installing chain tensioner, check again to
make sure that mating marks have not slipped.
After installing chain tensioner, remove stopper pin, and make
sure the tensioner moves freely. O
To avoid skipped teeth, do not move crankshaft and camshaft
until front cover is installed.
P

PBIC3029E

Revision: July 2010 EM-169 2011 Sentra


TIMING CHAIN
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
6. Install new front oil seal to front cover, using suitable tool
Install new oil seal in until it is flush with front end surface of
front cover.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to cause damage to circumference of oil
seal.

SBIA0266E

7. Install front cover with the following procedure:


a. Install O-rings to cylinder head and cylinder block.
b. Apply Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant or equivalent, to positions
specified (A), (B). Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical
Product and Sealant".

C (Sealant dimension) : 3.9 mm (0.154 in) dia


c. Make sure the mating marks on the timing chain and each
sprocket are still aligned. Then install the front cover.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the front oil seal during installa-
tion with the front end of the crankshaft.

WBIA0890E

d. Tighten front cover bolts in the numerical order as shown.


e. After all bolts are tightened, retighten them to the specified
torque.

Front cover bolt torque


Bolts A : 49 Nm (5.0 kg-m, 36 ft-lb)
Bolts B : 12.7 Nm (1.3 kg-m, 9 ft-lb)
Bolts C : 12.7 Nm (1.3 kg-m, 9 ft-lb)
Bolts D : 49 Nm (5.0 kg-m, 36 ft-lb)
E Dowel pins
CAUTION:
Wipe off any excess sealant leaking at the surface for
installing the oil pan.

WBIA0891E

Revision: July 2010 EM-170 2011 Sentra


TIMING CHAIN
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
8. Install the chain guide between the camshaft sprockets.
9. Install IVT cover with the following procedure: A
a. Install IVT solenoid valves to IVT cover.
b. Install new oil rings to the intake camshaft sprocket insertion points on IVT control cover backside.
EM
c. Install new O-ring to front cover.
d. Apply Silicone RTV Sealant to the IVT cover as shown.
Apply Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant (A) or equivalent, to posi-
tions specified. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical C
Product and Sealant".

WBIA0882E

e. Tighten the IVT cover bolts in the numerical order as shown. F

I
WBIA0880E

10. Insert crankshaft pulley by aligning with crankshaft key.


Tap its center with a plastic hammer to insert. J
Do not tap the belt hook.
11. Tighten crankshaft pulley bolts.
Secure crankshaft pulley with a pulley holder to tighten the bolt. K
Perform angle tightening with the following procedure:
a. Apply new engine oil to threads and seat surfaces of bolts.
b. Tighten to initial specifications: L

Crankshaft pulley bolt initial tightening : 37.3 - 47.1 Nm (3.8 - 4.8 kg-m, 28 - 34 ft-lb)
c. Apply a paint mark on the front cover, mating with any one of six M
easy to recognize stamp marks on bolt flange.
d. Turn crankshaft pulley bolt another 60 to 66 degrees [Target:
60 degrees]. N
Check vertical mounting angle with movement of one stamp
mark.
12. Installation of the remaining components is in reverse order of O
removal.

SBIA0268E
P

Revision: July 2010 EM-171 2011 Sentra


OIL SEAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
OIL SEAL
Removal and Installation of Valve Oil Seal INFOID:0000000006148962

REMOVAL
1. Remove camshaft. Refer to EM-153, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove valve lifter. Refer to EM-153, "Removal and Installation".
3. Rotate crankshaft, and set piston whose oil seal is to removed to top dead center. This prevents valve
from dropping inside cylinder.
CAUTION:
When rotating crankshaft, be careful to avoid scarring the front cover with the timing chain.
4. Remove valve collet, valve spring retainer and valve spring using Tool.

Tool number
: KV10116200 (J-26336-B)
: KV10115900 (J-26336-20)

WBIA0477E

5. Remove valve oil seal using Tool.

Tool number : KV10107902 (J-38959)

WBIA0478E

INSTALLATION
1. Apply new engine oil to new valve oil seal joint surface and seal lip.
2. Press in valve oil seal to the position shown using Tool.

Oil seal installed height (A) : 12.1 mm (0.476 in)

Tool number : KV10115600 (J-38958)

WBIA0892E

3. Installation of the remaining components in the reverse order of removal.


Removal and Installation of Front Oil Seal INFOID:0000000006148963

REMOVAL
1. Remove the following parts:
RH front wheel and tire. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment".

Revision: July 2010 EM-172 2011 Sentra


OIL SEAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Splash shield (RH). Refer to EI-23, "Component".
Drive belt. Refer to EM-130. A
Crankshaft pulley. Refer to EM-164.
2. Remove front oil seal from front cover.
CAUTION: EM
Be careful not to scratch front cover.

SEM829E

INSTALLATION E
1. Apply new engine oil to new oil seal and install it using a suitable
tool.
F

SBIA0266E

I
Install new oil seal in the direction shown.

L
SEM715A

2. Installation of the remaining components is in reverse order of removal.


M
Removal and Installation of Rear Oil Seal INFOID:0000000006148964

REMOVAL N
1. Remove the engine assenbly. Refer to EM-184, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove clutch cover and clutch disc (M/T models). Refer to CL-15, "Exploded View".
3. Remove flywheel (M/T models) or drive plate (CVT models). Refer to EM-189, "Disassembly and Assem- O
bly".

Revision: July 2010 EM-173 2011 Sentra


OIL SEAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
4. Remove rear oil seal using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch rear oil seal retainer.

WBIA0204E

INSTALLATION
1. Apply new engine oil to new oil seal and install it using a suitable drift.
Install new oil seal in the direction shown.

SEM715A

Press fit new oil seal straight using a suitable drift, to avoid
causing burrs or tilting.

SBIA0280E

Press in the new oil seal to the specified depth as shown.

SBIA0281E

2. Installation of the remaining components in reverse order of removal.

Revision: July 2010 EM-174 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER HEAD
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
CYLINDER HEAD
A
On-Vehicle Service INFOID:0000000006148965

CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE EM


1. Warm up the engine to full operating temperature.
2. Release the fuel pressure. Refer to EC-1185, "Fuel Pressure Check".
C
3. Remove the ignition coil and spark plug from each cylinder.
Refer to EM-146, "Removal and Installation".
4. Connect engine tachometer (not required in use of CONSULT-lIl).
D
5. Disconnect the fuel injector harness connector to avoid any residual fuel injection during the measure-
ment.

E
6. Install the compression tester with the adapter into the spark
plug hole.

H
KBIA0130E

Use compression gauge whose picking up end inserted to spark


I
plug hole is smaller than 20 mm (0.79 in) in diameter. Otherwise, it
may be caught by cylinder head during removal.

SEM387C
L

7. With the accelerator pedal fully depressed, turn the ignition switch to the START position to crank over
the engine. When the gauge pointer stabilizes, read the compression pressure and engine rpm. Perform
M
these steps to check each cylinder.
Unit: kPa (kg/cm2, psi) / rpm
Standard Minimum Difference limit between cylinders
N
1,250 (12.8, 181.3) / 250 1,060 (10.8, 153.7) / 250 100 (1.0, 14) / 250

CAUTION:
Always use a fully charged battery to obtain specified engine cranking speed. O
If the engine speed is out of specified rpm range, check the battery. Check engine speed again with a fully
charged battery.
If compression pressure is below minimum value, check valve clearances and parts associated with com- P
bustion chamber (valve, valve seat, piston, piston ring, cylinder bore, cylinder head, cylinder head gasket).
After the checking, measure compression pressure again.
If some cylinders have low compression pressure, pour small amount of engine oil into the spark plug hole of
the cylinder to re-check it for compression.
If the added engine oil improves the compression, the piston rings may be worn or damaged. Check the pis-
ton rings and replace if necessary.
If the compression pressure remains at low level despite the addition of engine oil, the valves may be mal-
functioning. Check the valves for damage. Replace the valve or valve seat accordingly.
Revision: July 2010 EM-175 2011 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
If two adjacent cylinders have respectively low compression pressure and their compression remains low
even after the addition of engine oil, the head gasket is leaking. In such a case, replace the cylinder head
gasket.
8. Install spark plug, ignition coil and harness connectors.
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006148966

WBIA0835E

1. Cylinder head assembly 2. Cylinder head gasket 3. Cylinder head bolt


A. Refer to "INSTALLATION" EM-176

REMOVAL
1. Remove the timing chain. Refer to EM-164, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove the camshafts. Refer to EM-153.
3. Remove spark plugs. Refer to EM-146, "Removal and Installation".
4. Remove exhaust manifold. Refer to EM-140, "Removal and Installation".
5. Remove cylinder head loosening bolts in the order as shown,
using power tool.
6. Remove water outlet, if necessary. Refer to CO-53, "Compo-
nent".

WBIA0033E

INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL


Outer Diameter of Cylinder Head Bolts

Revision: July 2010 EM-176 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER HEAD
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Cylinder head bolts are tightened by plastic zone tightening
method. Whenever the size difference between d1 and d2 exceeds A
the limit, replace the bolts with new ones.

Limit (d1 - d2) : 0.23 mm (0.0091 in) or less EM


If reduction of outer diameter appears in a position other than d2,
use it as d2 point.
C

WBIA0836E

D
INSTALLATION
1. Install a new cylinder head gasket.
E
2. Follow the steps below to tighten the cylinder head bolts using
Tool, in the numerical order as shown.
Apply new engine oil to the threads and the seating surfaces
of bolts. F
CAUTION:
If cylinder head bolts are re-used, check their outer diam-
eters before installation. Follow the "Outer Diameter of
G
Cylinder Head Bolts" procedure.
Check and confirm the tightening angle by using angle
wrench or protractor. Avoid judgment by visual inspec-
tion without the tool. H
KBIA0058E

Step a : 98.1 Nm (10 kg-m, 37 ft-lb)


Step c : Loosen to 0 Nm in the reverse order of tight- I
ening.
Step d : 39.2 Nm (4.0 kg-m, 29 ft-lb)
J
Step e : 75 clockwise
Step f : 75 clockwise
K
WBIA0033E

L
Tool number : KV10112100 (BT-8653-A)

WBIA0155E
O

3. Installation of the remaining components is in reverse order of removal.


P

Revision: July 2010 EM-177 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER HEAD
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000006148967

AWBIA0211ZZ

1. Valve collet 2. Valve spring retainer 3. Valve spring (with valve spring seat)
4. Valve oil seal 5. Valve guide 6. Spark plug tube
7. Head bolt 8. Head gasket 9. Valve seat (EXH)
10. Valve (EXH) 11. Valve (INT) 12. Valve seat (INT)
13. Cylinder head A. Follow installation procedure

CAUTION:
When installing camshafts, chain tensioners, oil seals or other sliding parts, lubricate contacting
surfaces with new engine oil.
Apply new engine oil to threads and seat surfaces when installing the cylinder head, camshaft
sprocket, crankshaft pulley and camshaft bracket.
Attach tags to valve lifters so all parts are assembled in their original position.
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove the valve lifter.
Confirm installation point.

Revision: July 2010 EM-178 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER HEAD
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
2. Remove the valve collet, valve spring retainer and valve spring
using Tool. A

Tool number : KV10116200 (J-26336-B)


: KV10115900 (J-26336-20) EM
CAUTION:
Do not remove valve spring seat from valve spring.
3. Push valve stem to combustion chamber side, and remove C
valve.
Inspect valve guide clearance before removal. Refer to EM- WBIA0477E
180, "Inspection After Disassembly". D
Confirm installation point.
4. Remove valve oil seal using Tool.
E
Tool number : KV10107902 (J-38959)
5. When valve seat must be replaced, refer to EM-180, "Inspection
After Disassembly". F
6. When valve guide must be replaced, refer to EM-180, "Inspec-
tion After Disassembly".
7. Remove spark plug using suitable tool. G
8. Remove spark plug tubes, if necessary using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage cylinder head. WBIA0478E H
Do not remove spark plug tube if not necessary. Once
removed, the spark plug tube cannot be reused because of deformation.
ASSEMBLY I
1. Install valve guide. Refer to EM-180, "Inspection After Disassembly".
2. Install valve seat. Refer to EM-180, "Inspection After Disassembly".
3. Install new valve oil seal to the specified height as shown, using J
Tool.

Oil seal installed height (A) : 12.1 mm (0.476 in) K

Tool number : KV10115600 (J-38958)


L

WBIA0892E
M

4. Install valve.
Install larger diameter to intake side. N
5. Install valve spring [with valve spring seat (1)].
A: Identification color
B: Cylinder head
O
: To cylinder head
Install smaller pitch spring end (valve spring seat side) to cylin-
der head side.
Confirm the identification color of the valve spring. P

Intake spring identification color : Pink


(CVT models)
Exhaust spring identification color : Green PBIC3462J

(CVT models)

Revision: July 2010 EM-179 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER HEAD
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Intake spring identification color : Blue
(M/T models)
Exhaust spring identification color : Yellow
(M/T models)

6. Install valve spring retainer.


7. Install valve collet using Tool.

Tool numbers : KV10116200 (J-26336-B)


: KV10115900 (J-26336-20)
Install valve collet with a magnet hand.
CAUTION:
When working, be careful not to damage valve lifter holes.
Tap valve stem edge lightly with a plastic hammer after instal-
lation to check its installed condition.
WBIA0578E

8. Install valve lifter.


9. Install the spark plug tube, if removed. Press-fit the spark plug
tube into the cylinder head using the following procedure:
a. Remove old sealant from cylinder head side installation hole.
b. Apply sealant all round on spark plug tube within approximately
12 mm (0.47 in) width from edge of spark plug tube on the
press-fit side.
Use Genuine High Strength Locking Sealant or equivalent.
Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Seal-
ant"
c. Press-fit the spark plug tube to specified height H as shown,
using suitable tool. PBIC2713E

Standard press-fit height H : 41.2 - 42.2 mm (1.622 - 1.661 in)


CAUTION:
When press-fitting, be careful not to deform spark plug tube.
After press-fitting, wipe off any protruding sealant on top surface of cylinder head.

10. Install spark plug. Refer to EM-146.


Inspection After Disassembly INFOID:0000000006148968

CYLINDER HEAD DISTORTION


1. Wipe off oil and remove water scale deposits, old gasket, old
sealer, and carbon with a scraper.
CAUTION:
Use care not to allow gasket debris to enter passages for oil
or water.
2. At each of several locations on bottom surface of cylinder head,
measure distortion in six directions. Replace the cylinder head if
the disaortion exceeds the limit specification.

Limit : 0.1 mm (0.004 in) or less


PBIC0075E

VALVE DIMENSIONS
Check dimensions of each valve. Refer to EM-213, "Standard and Limit".
VALVE GUIDE CLEARANCE
Perform this inspection before removing the valve guide.

Revision: July 2010 EM-180 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER HEAD
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
1. Make sure that the valve stem diameter is within the specification.
2. Push the valve out by approximately 15 mm (0.59 in) toward the combustion chamber side to measure the A
valve's run-out volume (in the direction of dial gauge) with dial gauge.
3. Half of the run-out volume accounts for the valve guide clearance.
EM
Intake valve guide clear- : 0.020 - 0.053 mm (0.0008 -
ance 0.0021 in) or less
Exhaust valve guide : 0.030 - 0.063 mm (0.0012 - C
clearance 0.0025 in) or less

PBIC0077E
E

VALVE GUIDE REPLACEMENT


When valve guide is removed, replace with oversized (0.2 mm, 0.008 in) valve guide.
F
1. To remove valve guide, heat cylinder head to 110 to 130C
(230 to 266F) by soaking in heated oil.
G

I
SEM008A

2. Drive out valve guide with a press [under a 20 kN (2.2 ton-force) J


pressure] or hammer and suitable tool.

SEM931C M

3. Ream cylinder head valve guide hole using suitable reamer.


N
Intake and exhaust valve guide : 9.975 - 9.996 mm
hole diameter (Standard) (0.3927 - 0.3935 in)
4. Heat cylinder head to 110 to 130C (230 to 266F) by soaking O
in heated oil.

SEM932C

Revision: July 2010 EM-181 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER HEAD
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
5. Press valve guide from camshaft side to dimensions as shown.

PBIC0078E

6. Apply finish to valve guide using suitable reamer.

Intake and exhaust : 6.000 - 6.018 mm (0.2362 -


0.2369 in)

SEM932C

VALVE SEAT CONTACT


NOTE:
After confirming that the dimensions of valve guides and valves are
within specifications, perform this procedure:
Apply prussian blue (or white lead) onto contacting surface of valve
seat to check the condition of the valve contact on the seat sur-
face.
Check if the contact area band is continuous all around the circum-
ference.
If not, grind to adjust valve fitting and check again. If the contacting
surface still has NG conditions even after the re-check, replace the
valve seat.
SBIA0322E

VALVE SEAT REPLACEMENT


NOTE:
When valve seat is removed, replace with an oversized [0.5 mm (0.020 in)] valve seat.
1. Bore out old seat until it collapses. Boring should not continue beyond the bottom face of the seat recess
in the cylinder head. Set the machine depth stop to ensure this.
2. Ream cylinder head recess diameter for service valve seat.

Intake : 37.000 - 37.016 mm (1.4567 - 1.4573 in)


Exhaust : 32.000 - 32.016 mm (1.2598 - 1.2605 in)
Be sure to ream in circles concentric to the valve guide center.
This will enable the valve seat to fit correctly.

SEM795A

Revision: July 2010 EM-182 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER HEAD
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
3. Heat cylinder head to 110 to 130C (230 to 266F) by soaking
in heated oil. A

EM

SEM008A

D
4. Use valve seats cooled well with dry ice. Force fit valve seat into cylinder head.
CAUTION:
Avoid directly touching the cold valve seats.
E

5. Finish the seat to the specified dimensions using suitable tool.


CAUTION:
When using valve seat cutter, firmly grip the cutter handle F
with both hands. Then, press on the contacting surface all
around the circumference to cut in a single drive. Improper
pressure on the cutter or cutting many different times may G
result in a defective valve seat.

SEM934C

6. Using compound, grind to adjust valve fitting. I


7. Check again for normal contact.
VALVE SPRING SQUARENESS J
Set try square along the side of the valve spring and rotate the
spring. Measure the maximum clearance between the top face of the
spring and the try square.
K
Limit : 1.9 mm (0.0748 in)
L

M
PBIC0080E

VALVE SPRING DIMENSIONS AND VALVE SPRING PRESSURE LOAD


Check valve spring pressure with valve spring seat installed at spec- N
ified spring height. Replace if not within specifications. Refer to EM-
213, "Standard and Limit".
CAUTION: O
Do not remove the valve spring seat.

SEM113

Revision: July 2010 EM-183 2011 Sentra


ENGINE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006148969

M/T Models

AWBIA0978GB

7. Torque rod (RH) 8. Engine mounting insulator and bracket 9. Support bracket (LH)
(RH)
10. Engine mounting bracket (LH) 11. Engine mounting insulator (LH) 12. Bracket
13. Rear torque rod A. Tightening order (1-6) Engine front

Revision: July 2010 EM-184 2011 Sentra


ENGINE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
CVT Models
A

EM

L
AWBIA0979GB

7. Torque rod (RH) 8. Engine mounting insulator and bracket (RH) 9. Engine mounting bracket (LH) M
10. Support bracket (LH) 11. Bracket 12. Rear torque rod
A. Tightening order (1-6) B. Tightening order (1-5) Engine front
N
WARNING:
Place chocks at the front and back of the rear wheels.
For engines not equipped with slingers, attach proper slingers and bolts as described in the parts
catalog. O
CAUTION:
Do not start working until the exhaust system and coolant are cool.
If items or work required are not covered by the engine main body section, follow the applicable pro- P
cedures.
Use the correct supporting points for lifting and jacking. Refer to GI-39.
In removing the drive shaft, be careful not to damage the grease seals on the transaxle.
Before separating the engine and transaxle, remove the crankshaft position sensor (POS) from the
assembly.
Be sure not to damage the edge of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) or the ring gear teeth.
REMOVAL
Revision: July 2010 EM-185 2011 Sentra
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
1. Release fuel pressure. Refer to EC-1185, "Fuel Pressure Check".
2. Disconnect the fuel rail at the fuel hose quick connector (engine side). Refer to EM-135.
3. Drain the engine coolant. Refer to CO-40, "Changing Engine Coolant".
CAUTION:
Perform this step when the engine is cold.
Do not spill engine coolant on drive belt.
4. Drain clutch fluid (M/T models). Refer to CL-9, "Air Bleeding Procedure".
NOTE:
Cap or plug opening(s) to prevent fluid from spilling.
5. Remove the engine hood assembly. Refer to BL-14, "Removal and Installation".
6. Remove cowl extension. Refer to EI-21, "Removal and Installation".
7. Remove the battery, battery hold downs, and battery tray. Refer to SC-9, "Removal and Installation
(QR25DE Battery Tray)".
8. Disconnect CVT fluid cooler hoses (CVT models).
NOTE:
Cap or plug opening(s) to prevent fluid from spilling.
9. Disconnect the MAF sensor electrical connector.
10. Disconnect brake fluid level sensor.
11. Remove the air duct and air cleaner case assembly. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation".
12. Remove vacuum hose from intake manifold.
13. Disconnect EVAP hose.
14. Disconnect the heater hoses.
NOTE:
Cap or plug opening(s) to prevent fluid from spilling.
15. Remove engine room cover.
16. Remove the engine coolant reservoir tank and radiator hoses (upper) and (lower). Refer to CO-44,
"Removal and Installation".
NOTE:
Cap or plug opening(s) to prevent fluid from spilling.
17. Disconnect and set aside the IPDM/ER and remove the IPDM/ER bracket. Refer to PG-28, "Removal and
Installation of IPDM E/R".
18. Disconnect ground cable from generator bracket.
19. Disconnect A/C piping from compressor and position aside.
20. Disconnect camshaft position sensor.
21. Disconnect the engine wiring harness retainers and ground strap.
22. Disconnect the transaxle shift controls.
23. Remove transaxle ground strap.
24. Remove front exhaust tube. Refer to EX-11, "Component".
25. Remove the LH and RH drive shafts. Refer to FAX-9, "Removal and Installation (Left Side)" and FAX-10,
"Removal and Installation (Right Side)".
NOTE:
Cap or plug opening(s) to prevent fluid from spilling.
26. Remove the rear torque rod.
27. Remove the front suspension member. Refer to FSU-11, "Removal and Installation".
28. Disconnect PNP switch.

Revision: July 2010 EM-186 2011 Sentra


ENGINE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
29. Install engine slingers into front left cylinder head and rear right
cylinder head. A
Use generator bracket bolt holes for the front slinger.
Use the proper slingers and bolts as described in the Parts
Catalog.
EM
Slinger bolts - front (B) : 48 Nm (4.9 kg-m, 35 ft-lb)
Slinger bolts - rear (A) : 28 Nm (2.8kg-m, 21 ft-lb)
C

WBIA0895E

D
30. Support engine and transaxle assembly with engine lifting equipment from the top with the vehicle raised
on a hoist.
31. Remove the torque rod (RH).
E
32. Remove engine mounting insulator and bracket (RH).
33. Remove engine mounting bracket (LH) (CVT models).
34. Remove engine mounting insulator (LH) nut. F
35. Lower the engine and transaxle assembly from the engine compartment using Tool.
CAUTION:
Before and during this procedure, always check if any harnesses are left connected. G
Avoid any damage to, or any oil/grease smearing or spills onto the engine mounting insulators.

Tool number : (J-47242) H


36. Remove the starter motor. Refer to SC-24, "Removal and Installation QR25DE".
37. Separate engine and transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-195, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (CVT
models), MT-70, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F52A) or MT-148, "Removal and Installation" I
(RS6F52H) (M/T models).
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal. J
Combine engine and transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-195, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (CVT mod-
els), MT-70, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F52A) or MT-148, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F52H) (M/T
models). K
Do not allow oil to get on mounting insulators. Be careful not to damage mounting insulators.
If parts have a direction mark (arrow) this indicates front of the vehicle, and the parts must be installed
according to the identification mark.
L
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
Before starting engine, check oil/fluid levels including engine coolant and engine oil. If less than required
quantity, fill to the specified level. Refer to MA-15.
M
Use procedure below to check for fuel leakage.
Turn ignition switch ON (with engine stopped). With fuel pressure applied to fuel piping, check for fuel leak-
age at connection points.
Start engine. With engine speed increased, check again for fuel leakage at connection points. N
Run engine to check for unusual noise and vibration.
Warm up engine thoroughly to make sure there is no leakage of fuel, exhaust gas, or any oils/fluids including
engine oil and engine coolant.
O
Bleed air from passages in lines and hoses, such as in cooling system.
After cooling down engine, again check oils/fluids including engine oil and engine coolant. Refill to specified
level, if necessary.
Summary of the inspection items: P

Item Before starting engine Engine running After engine stopped


Engine coolant Level Leakage Level
Engine oil Level Leakage Level

Transmission/ A/T and CVT Models Leakage Level/Leakage Leakagel


transaxle fluid M/T Models Level/Leakage Leakage Level/Leakage

Revision: July 2010 EM-187 2011 Sentra


ENGINE ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Item Before starting engine Engine running After engine stopped
Other oils and fluids* Level Leakage Level
Fuel Leakage Leakage Leakage
Exhaust gas Leakage
*Power steering fluid, brake fluid, etc.

Revision: July 2010 EM-188 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
CYLINDER BLOCK
A
Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000006148970

EM

M
WBIA0897E

1. Cylinder block 2. O-ring 3. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)


4. Knock sensor 5. Oil pressure sensor 6. Lower cylinder block N
7. Lower cylinder block bolt 8. Snap ring 9. Connecting rod
10. Connecting rod bearing 11. Connecting rod bearing cap 12. Connecting rod bearing cap bolt
13. Piston 14. Oil ring 15. Second ring O
16. Top ring 17. Piston pin 18. Main thrust bearing
19. Main bearing upper 20. Crankshaft 21. Main bearing lower
22. Crankshaft rear oil seal 23. Pilot converter (CVT only) 24. Crankshaft signal plate P
25. Drive plate (CVT) 26. Reinforcement plate (CVT) 27. Flywheel (M/T)
28. Cylinder block heater (if equipped) A. Refer to "ASSEMBLY" EM-189

CAUTION:
Apply new engine oil to parts marked in illustration before installation.
DISASSEMBLY

Revision: July 2010 EM-189 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
1. Remove the engine and transaxle as an assembly from the vehicle, and separate the transaxle from the
engine. Refer to EM-184, "Removal and Installation".
2. Mount the engine on a suitable engine stand.
3. Drain any remaining engine oil and coolant from the engine.
4. Remove the following components and associated parts.
Exhaust manifold and three way catalyst assembly. Refer to EM-140, "Removal and Installation".
Intake manifold and fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-135, "Removal and Installation".
Ignition coils. Refer to EM-145, "Removal and Installation".
Rocker cover. Refer to EM-151, "Removal and Installation".
Front cover, timing chain, and balancer unit. Refer to EM-164, "Removal and Installation".
Cylinder head. Refer to EM-176, "Removal and Installation".
5. Remove the knock sensor.
CAUTION:
Carefully handle the sensor and do not drop the sensor.
6. Remove crankshaft position sensor (POS).
CAUTION:
Avoid impacts such as a dropping.
Do not disassemble.
Keep it away from metal particles.
Do not place sensor close to magnetic materials.

WBIA0482E

7. Remove the flywheel (M/T models) or drive plate (CVT models).


Hold the crankshaft with a stopper plate and use a suitable tool
to remove the bolts.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the flywheel contact surface for
the clutch disc.
NOTE:
The flywheel two-block construction allows movement in
response to transmission side pressure, or when twisted in its
rotational direction, therefore, some amount of noise is nor-
mal.
KBIA0062E

8. Remove pilot converter using Tool (CVT models).

Tool number : ST16610001 (J-23907)

WBIA0483E

Revision: July 2010 EM-190 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
9. Remove the piston and connecting rod assemblies.
a. Position the crankshaft and corresponding connecting rod, to be A
removed, to the bottom dead center stroke.
b. Remove the connecting rod cap. Number the cap so it can be
assembled in the same position. EM
c. Using a hammer handle or similar tool, push the piston and con-
necting rod assembly out of the top of the cylinder block. Num-
ber the piston and rod so it can be assembled in the same C
position.
Before removing the piston and connecting rod assembly,
check the connecting rod side clearance. Refer to EM-203, PBIC0259E

"Inspection After Disassembly". D


10. Remove the connecting rod bearings. If reusing, number them so they can be assembled in the same
position and direction.
CAUTION: E
When removing them, note the installation position. Keep them in the correct order.
11. Remove the piston rings from the piston.
Use a piston ring expander. F
CAUTION:
When removing the piston rings, be careful not to damage
the piston.
G
Be careful not to damage piston rings by expanding them
excessively, if reusing them.
Before removing the piston rings, check the piston ring side
clearance. Refer to EM-203, "Inspection After Disassembly". H

PBIC0087E

I
12. Remove the piston from the connecting rod as follows.
a. Using a snap ring pliers, remove the two snap rings.
J

L
PBIC0260E

b. Heat the piston to 60 - 70C (140 - 158F) with a heat gun, or M


equivalent.

PBIC0261E P

Revision: July 2010 EM-191 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
c. Push out piston pin with a punch of an outer diameter of approx-
imately 19 mm (0.75 in).

PBIC0262E

13. Remove the lower cylinder block bolts.


Before loosening the lower cylinder block bolts, measure the
crankshaft side clearance. Refer to EM-203, "Inspection After
Disassembly".
Loosen them in the order as shown to remove them.

WBIA0037E

14. Remove the lower cylinder block.


Cut the Silicone RTV Sealant and remove the lower cylinder block from the cylinder block, using Tool.

Seal cutter KV10111100 (J-37228)


CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the mounting surface.

15. Remove the crankshaft.


CAUTION:
Do not damage or deform the signal plate while mounted
on the crankshaft.
When setting the crankshaft on a flat surface, use a block
of wood to avoid interference between the signal plate
and the surface.
Do not remove signal plate unless it is necessary.
16. Pull the rear oil seal out of the rear end of the crankshaft.
CAUTION:
Do not to damage the crankshaft or cylinder block when SBIA0275E
removing the rear oil seal.
NOTE:
When replacing the rear oil seal without removing the cylinder block, use a screwdriver to pull it out from
between crankshaft and block.
17. Remove the main bearings and thrust bearings from the cylinder block and lower cylinder block.
CAUTION:
Identify and number the bearings, if reusing them, so that they are assembled in the same position
and direction.
ASSEMBLY
1. Using compressed air, clean out the coolant and oil passages in the cylinder block, the cylinder bore and
the crankcase to remove any foreign material.
CAUTION:
Use approved safety glasses to protect your eyes.

Revision: July 2010 EM-192 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
2. Install the drain plugs on the cylinder block.
: Engine front A
Apply Silicone RTV Sealant.
Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant, or equivalent. Refer to
GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant". EM
Replace the copper washers with new ones.

Drain plug A : 54 Nm (5.5 kg-m, 40 ft-lb)


C
Drain plug B : 9.8 Nm (1.0 kg-m, 80 in-lb)

AWBIA0070ZZ

D
3. Install the main bearings and the thrust bearings.
a. Remove dust, dirt, and oil from the bearing mating surfaces of
the cylinder block and lower cylinder block.
E
b. Install the thrust bearings to both sides of the No. 3 main bearing
journal on the cylinder block.
Install the thrust bearings with the oil groove facing the crank-
shaft arm (outside). F

G
PBIC0264E

c. Install the main bearings paying attention to their position and


direction. H
The main bearing with an oil hole and groove goes on the cyl-
inder block. The one without them goes on the lower cylinder
block. I
Only the main bearing (on the cylinder block) for No. 3 journal
has different specifications.
Before installing the bearings, apply engine oil to the bearing
friction surface (inside). Do not apply oil to the back surface, J
but thoroughly clean it.
When installing, align the bearing stopper to the notch.
SBIA0277E
Make sure that the oil holes on the cylinder block and those on K
the corresponding bearing are aligned.

4. Install the signal plate to the crankshaft. L


a. Position the crankshaft and signal plate using a positioning
dowel pin, and tighten the bolts to specification.
b. Remove the dowel pin. M
CAUTION:
Be sure to remove dowel pin before installing the crank-
shaft.
N
NOTE:
Dowel pins for the crankshaft and signal plate are supplied as a
set for each.
5. Install the crankshaft onto the cylinder block. WBIA0898E O
While turning the crankshaft by hand, check that it turns
smoothly.
P

Revision: July 2010 EM-193 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
6. Install the lower cylinder block.
Apply Silicone RTV Sealant to positions as shown (A), (B).
Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant, or equivalent. Refer to GI-
44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant".

NOTE:
Cylinder block and lower cylinder block are machined together.
Neither of them can be replaced separately.
CAUTION:
After the Silicone RTV Sealant is applied, the lower cylinder
block installation must be finished within 5 minutes.
WBIA0899E

7. Tighten lower cylinder block bolts in the numerical order as


shown and according to the following steps:
a. Apply new engine oil to threads and seat surfaces of the bolts.
b. Tighten bolts No. 11 - 22 only in the order as shown, to specifica-
tion below.

Step 1, bolts 11 - 22 only : 25.1 Nm (2.6 kg-m, 19 ft-lb)

KBIA0063E

c. Tighten bolts No. 1 - 10 only in the order as shown, to specification below.

Step 2, bolts 1 - 10 only : 39.2 Nm (4.0 kg-m, 29 ft-lb)

d. Tighten bolts No. 1 - 10 only in the order as shown, to specifica-


tion below using Tool.
CAUTION:
Check tightening angle using Tool. Do not make judgment
by visual inspection.

Tool number : KV 10112100 (BT-8653-A)

Step 3, bolts 1 - 10 only : 60 degrees rotation


Wipe off completely any protruding Silicone RTV Sealant on WBIA0484E
the exterior of engine.
Check crankshaft side clearance. Refer to EM-203, "Inspection After Disassembly".
After installing the bolts, make sure that the crankshaft can be rotated smoothly by hand.

8. Install the rear oil seal.


Press the oil seal between cylinder block and crankshaft with a
suitable drift.
Be careful not to touch the grease on the oil seal lip.
Be careful not to cause scratches or burrs when pressing in
the rear oil seal.

SBIA0280E

Revision: July 2010 EM-194 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Press in rear oil seal to the position as shown.
A

EM

SBIA0281E

D
9. Install the piston to the connecting rod. Assemble the components in their original positions.
a. Using a snap ring pliers, install the snap ring to the grooves of the piston's rear side.
Insert the piston pin snap ring fully into groove. E
b. Install the piston to the connecting rod.
Using a heat gun, heat the piston [approximately 60 - 70 C (140 - 158 F)] until the piston pin can be
pushed in by hand without excessive force. From the front to the rear, insert the piston pin into the piston F
and the connecting rod.
Assemble so that the front mark on the piston crown and the
oil holes and the cylinder No. on the connecting rod are posi-
G
tioned as shown.
c. Install the piston pin snap ring into the front of the piston.
Check that the connecting rod moves smoothly.
H

PBIC0099E

J
10. Using a piston ring expander, install the piston rings. Assemble
the components in their original positions.
CAUTION:
K
Be careful not to damage the piston.
Position each ring with the gap as shown, referencing the pis-
ton front mark as the starting point.
Install the top ring and the second ring with the stamped sur- L
face facing upward.

Stamped mark : 1K (top ring) M


: 2K (second ring) PBIC0100E

11. Install the connecting rod bearings to the connecting rod and the N
connecting rod cap. Assemble the components in their original
positions.
When installing the connecting rod bearings, apply engine oil O
to the bearing friction surface (inside). Do not apply oil to the
back surface, but thoroughly clean the back.
When installing, align the connecting rod bearing stopper pro-
trusion with the notch of the connecting rod to install. P
Check the oil holes on the connecting rod and those on the
corresponding bearing are aligned.
PBIC0266E

12. Install the piston and connecting rod assembly to the crankshaft. Assemble the components in their origi-
nal positions using Tool.

Revision: July 2010 EM-195 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]

Tool number : EM03470000


Rotate the crankshaft so the pin corresponding to the connect-
ing rod to be installed is at the bottom dead center position.
Apply engine oil sufficiently to the cylinder bore, piston, and
crankshaft pin.
Match the cylinder position number with the cylinder No. on
the connecting rod for installation.
Using tool as shown, install the piston with the front mark on
the piston crown facing the front of the engine.
CAUTION: WBIA0485E

Be careful not to damage the crankshaft pin, resulting from


an interference of the connecting rod big end.
13. Install the connecting rod caps. Assemble the components in
their original positions.
Match the stamped cylinder number marks on the connecting
rod with those on the cap to install.

SBIA0282E

14. Tighten the connecting rod bolt as follows:


Apply engine oil to the threads and seats of the connecting rod
bolts.
CAUTION:
Check tightening angle using Tool. Do not make judgment
by visual inspection.

Tool number : KV10112100 (BT-8653-A)

WBIA0163E

Step 1 : 27.4 Nm (2.8 kg-m, 20 ft-lb) (SE-R), 29.4 (3.0 kg-m, 22 ft-lb) (SE-R Spec V)
Step 2 : 0 Nm
Step 3 : 19.6 Nm (2.0 kg-m, 14 ft-lb)
Stage 2 : Rotate bolts 90 degrees
Check the connecting rod side clearance. Refer to EM-203, "Inspection After Disassembly".
After tightening the bolts, make sure that the crankshaft rotates smoothly.
15. Install flywheel (M/T Models), or drive plate (CVT Models).
Install drive plate, reinforcement plate and pilot converter as
shown.
Using a drift with 33 mm (1.30 in) diameter, push pilot con-
verter into the end of the crankshaft.

KBIA0075E

Revision: July 2010 EM-196 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
16. Install the knock sensor.
Make sure that there is no foreign material on the cylinder A
block mating surface and the back surface of the knock sen-
sor.
Install the knock sensor with the connector facing lower left by
EM
45 as shown.
Do not tighten the bolts while holding the connector.
Make sure that the knock sensor does not interfere with other
parts. C
CAUTION:
If the knock sensor is dropped, replace it with new one.
PBIC3020E
17. Install the crankshaft position sensor (POS). D
18. Installation of remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
How to Select Piston and Bearing INFOID:0000000006148971
E
DESCRIPTION

Selection points Selection parts Selection items Selection methods F


Determined by match of cylin-
der block bearing housing
Between cylinder block to Main bearing grade (bearing grade (inner diameter of hous- G
Main bearing
crankshaft thickness) ing) and crankshaft journal
grade (outer diameter of jour-
nal)
H
Combining service grades for
connecting rod big end inner di-
Between crankshaft to connect- Connecting rod bearing grade
Connecting rod bearing ameter and crankshaft pin outer
ing rod (bearing thickness)
diameter determine connecting I
rod bearing selection
Piston and piston pin assembly
Between cylinder block to pis- Piston grade (piston outer diam- Piston grade = cylinder bore
(The piston is available together J
ton eter) grade (inner diameter of bore)
with piston pin as an assembly)
*Between piston to connecting

rod
K
*For the service parts, the grade for fitting cannot be selected between a piston pin and a connecting rod.
(Only 0 grade is available.) The information at the shipment from the plant is described as a reference.
The identification grade stamped on each part is the grade for the dimension measured in new condition.
L
This grade cannot apply to reused parts.
For reused or repaired parts, measure the dimension accurately. Determine the grade by comparing the
measurement with the values of each selection table.
For details of the measurement method of each part, the reuse standards, and the selection method of the M
selective fitting parts, follow the applicable procedures.
HOW TO SELECT A PISTON
N
When New Cylinder Block is Used:
Check the cylinder bore grade on rear left side of cylinder block, and select a piston of the same grade.
If there is a corrected stamp mark on the cylinder block, use it as a
correct reference. O

SBIA0283E

Revision: July 2010 EM-197 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
A: Front mark
B: Piston pin bore grade
C: Piston grade I.D. stamp
D: Piston crown I.D. code stamp

WBIA0900E

When a Cylinder Block is Reused:


1. Measure the cylinder block bore inner diameter.
2. Determine the bore grade by comparing the measurement with the values under the cylinder bore inner
diameter of the "Piston Selection Table". Select the piston of the same grade.
Piston Selection Table
Unit: mm (in)

Grade number (Mark) 2 (or no mark) 3


Inner diameter of cylinder bore 89.010-89.020 (3.5043-3.5047) 89.020-89.030 (3.5047-3.5051)
Outer diameter of piston skirt 88.990-89.000 (3.5035-3.5039) 89.000-89.010 (3.5039-3.5043)
NOTE:
The piston is available together with piston pin as an assembly.
The piston pin (piston pin bore) grade is provided only for the parts installed at the plant. For service parts,
no grades can be selected. Only 0 grade is available.
HOW TO SELECT A CONNECTING ROD BEARING
When New Connecting Rod and Crankshaft are Used:
1. Apply big end inside diameter grade stamped on connecting rod
side face to the row in the "Connecting Rod Bearing Selection
Table".

SBIA0282E

2. Apply pin diameter grade stamped on crankshaft front side to


the column in the "Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Table".
3. Read the symbol at the cross point of selected row and column
in the "Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Table".
4. Apply the symbol obtained to connecting rod bearing grade table
to select.
A: Journal diameter
B: Pin diameter

WBIA0901E

When Crankshaft and Connecting Rod are Reused:


1. Measure dimensions of the big end inner diameter of connecting rod and outer diameter of crankshaft pin
individually.
2. Apply the dimension measured to the "Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Table" below.

Revision: July 2010 EM-198 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Table
A

EM

AWBIA0021GB
K
Connecting Rod Bearing Grade Table
Unit: mm (in)
L
Grade number 0 1 2 3 4
1.496 - 1.493 1.499 - 1.496 1.502 - 1.499 1.505 - 1.502 1.508 - 1.505
Thickness
(0.0589 - 0.0588) (0.0590 - 0.0589) (0.0591 - 0.0590) (0.0593 - 0.0591) (0.0594 - 0.0593)
M
Identification color Black Brown Green Yellow Blue

Undersize Bearing Usage Guide


When the specified oil clearance is not obtained with standard size connecting rod bearing, use undersize N
(US) bearing.
When using undersize bearing, measure the bearing inner diameter with bearing installed, and grind the
crankshaft pin so that the oil clearance satisfies the standard.
Bearing Undersize Table O
Unit: mm (in)
Size U.S. Thickness
0.25 (0.0098) 1.622 - 1.630 (0.0639 - 0.0642)
P

CAUTION:
In grinding the crankshaft pin to use undersize bearings, do not
damage the fillet R (All crankshaft pins).

KBIA0148E

Revision: July 2010 EM-199 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
HOW TO SELECT A MAIN BEARING
When New Cylinder Block and Crankshaft are Used:
1. "Main Bearing Selection Table" rows correspond to bearing
housing grade on rear left side of cylinder block.
If there is a corrected stamp mark on the cylinder block, use it
as a correct reference.

SBIA0283E

2. Apply pin diameter grade (B) stamped on crankshaft front side


to column in "Main Bearing Selection Table".
A: Journal diameter grade

WBIA0901E

3. Find value at crossing of row and column in "Main Bearing Selection Table".
CAUTION:
There are two main bearing selection tables. One is for odd-numbered journals (1, 3, and 5) and
the other is for even-numbered journals (2 and 4). Make certain to use the appropriate table. This
is due to differences in the specified clearances.
4. Apply the symbol obtained to "Main Bearing Grade Table" to select.
NOTE:
Service parts are available as a set of both upper and lower.
When Cylinder Block and Crankshaft are Reused:
1. Measure inner diameter of cylinder block main bearing housing and outer diameter of crankshaft journal.
2. Apply measurement in above step 1 to the "Main Bearing Selection Table".
3. Follow steps 3 and 4 in "When New Cylinder Block and Crankshaft are Used".

Revision: July 2010 EM-200 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Main Bearing Selection Table (No.1, 3, and No.5 journals)
A

EM

KBIA0149E
K

Revision: July 2010 EM-201 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Main Bearing Selection Table (No.2,and 4 journals)

KBIA0150E

Main Bearing Grade Table (All Journals)


Unit: mm (in)

Identification color
Grade number Thickness Remarks
(UPR / LWR)
0 1.973 - 1.976 (0.0777 - 0.0778) Black
1 1.976 - 1.979 (0.0778 - 0.0779) Brown
2 1.979 - 1.982 (0.0779- 0.0780) Green
Grade and color are the same
3 1.982 - 1.985 (0.0780 - 0.0781) Yellow
for upper and lower bearings.
4 1.985 - 1.988 (0.0781 - 0.0783) Blue
5 1.988 - 1.991 (0.0783 - 0.0784) Pink
6 1.991 - 1.994 (0.0784 - 0.0785) Purple

Revision: July 2010 EM-202 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
UPR 1.973 - 1.976 (0.0777 - 0.0778)
01 Black / Brown A
LWR 1.976 - 1.979 (0.0778 - 0.0779)
UPR 1.976 - 1.979 (0.0778 - 0.0779)
12 Brown / Green
LWR 1.979 - 1.982 (0.0779 - 0.0780) EM
UPR 1.979 - 1.982 (0.0779 - 0.0780)
23 Green / Yellow
LWR 1.982 - 1.985 (0.0780 - 0.0781)
Grade and color are different
UPR 1.982 - 1.985 (0.0780 - 0.0781) C
for upper and lower bearings.
34 Yellow / Blue
LWR 1.985 - 1.988 (0.0781 - 0.0783)
UPR 1.985 - 1.988 (0.0781 - 0.0783)
45 Blue / Pink D
LWR 1.988 - 1.991 (0.0783 - 0.0784)
UPR 1.988 - 1.991 (0.0783 - 0.0784)
56 Pink / Purple
LWR 1.991 - 1.994 (0.0784 - 0.0785) E
UPR 1.991 - 1.994 (0.0784 - 0.0785)
67 Purple / White
LWR 1.994 - 1.997 (0.0785 - 0.0786)
F
Use Undersize Bearing Usage Guide
Use undersize (U.S.) bearing when oil clearance with standard size main bearing is not within specification.
When using undersize (U.S.) bearing, measure the bearing inner diameter with the bearing installed and G
grind journal until oil clearance falls within specification.
Bearing Undersize Table
Unit: mm (in)
Size U.S. Thickness
H
0.25 (0.0098) 2.106 - 2.114 (0.0829 - 0.0832)

CAUTION: I
Do not damage fillet R when grinding crankshaft journal in
order to use an undersize bearing (all journals).
J

KBIA0148E

Inspection After Disassembly INFOID:0000000006148972 K

CRANKSHAFT SIDE CLEARANCE


Using a dial gauge, measure the clearance between the thrust L
bearings and the crankshaft arm when the crankshaft is moved
fully forward or backward.
M
Standard : 0.10 - 0.26 mm (0.0039 - 0.0102 in)
Limit : 0.30 mm (0.0118 in)
If the measured value exceeds the limit, replace the thrust bear- N
ings, and measure again. If it still exceeds the limit, replace the
crankshaft.
PBIC0268E O
CONNECTING ROD SIDE CLEARANCE
P

Revision: July 2010 EM-203 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Measure side clearance between connecting rod and crankshaft
arm using a feeler gauge.

Standard : 0.20 - 0.35 mm (0.0079 - 0.0138 in)


Limit : 0.50 mm (0.0197 in)
If the measured value exceeds the limit, replace the connecting
rod bearings, and measure again. If it still exceeds the limit,
replace the crankshaft also.

KBIA0071E

PISTON AND PISTON PIN CLEARANCE


Diameter of Piston Pin Bore
Measure the diameter of piston pin bore using an inside microme-
ter. Refer to EM-213, "Standard and Limit".

PBIC0116E

Outer Diameter of Piston Pin


Measure outer diameter of piston pin using a micrometer. Refer to
EM-213, "Standard and Limit".

PBIC0117E

Piston to Piston Pin Clearance


(Piston pin clearance) = (Piston pin bore diameter) (Outer diameter
of piston pin)
A: Front mark
B: Piston pin bore grade
C: Piston grade I.D. stamp
D: Piston crown I.D. code stamp

Standard : 0.002 - 0.006 mm (0.0001 - 0.0002 in)


If clearance exceeds specification, replace either or both of piston/
piston pin assembly and connecting rod assembly with reference
to specification of each parts. WBIA0900E

Use the piston selection table to replace piston/piston pin assem-


bly. Refer to EM-197, "How to Select Piston and Bearing".
Use the connecting rod bearing selection table to replace connecting rod. Refer to EM-197, "How to Select
Piston and Bearing".

NOTE:

Revision: July 2010 EM-204 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
The connecting rod small end grade and piston pin hole (piston
pin) grade are provided only for the parts installed at the plant. For A
service parts, no grades can be selected. Only 0 grade is avail-
able.
Follow the "CONNECTING ROD BUSHING OIL CLEARANCE
EM
(SMALL END)" for the values for each grade at the plant.
Regarding marks on piston head, Refer to EM-197, "How to Select
Piston and Bearing".
C

SBIA0282E

D
PISTON RING SIDE CLEARANCE
Measure side clearance of piston ring and piston ring groove using
a feeler gauge. Refer to EM-213, "Standard and Limit".
If out of specification, replace piston and/or piston ring assembly. E

SEM024AA

PISTON RING END GAP H


Check if inner diameter of cylinder bore is within specification.
Follow the "PISTON TO CYLINDER BORE CLEARANCE" proce-
dure.
I
Insert piston ring until middle of cylinder with piston, and measure
gap using a feeler gauge. Refer to EM-213, "Standard and Limit".
If out of specification, replace piston ring.
J

SEM822B

CONNECTING ROD BEND AND TORSION L


Check with connecting rod aligner. Refer to EM-213, "Standard
and Limit".
M

O
SEM003F

Revision: July 2010 EM-205 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
If it exceeds the limit, replace connecting rod assembly.

SEM038F

CONNECTING ROD BEARING (BIG END)


Install the connecting rod cap without the connecting rod bearing
installed. After tightening the connecting rod bolt to the specified
torque, measure the connecting rod big end inner diameter using
an inside micrometer. Refer to EM-213, "Standard and Limit".

PBIC0119E

CONNECTING ROD BUSHING OIL CLEARANCE (SMALL END)


Inner Diameter of Connecting Rod (Small End)
Measure inner diameter of bushing. Refer to EM-213, "Standard
and Limit"

PBIC0120E

Outer Diameter of Piston Pin


Measure outer diameter of piston pin. Refer to EM-213, "Standard
and Limit".

PBIC0117E

Connecting Rod Bushing Oil Clearance (Small End)

Revision: July 2010 EM-206 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
(Connecting rod small end oil clearance) = (Inner diameter of con-
necting rod small end) (Outer diameter of piston pin) A

Standard : 0.005 - 0.017 mm (0.0002 - 0.0007 in)


If the measured value exceeds the standard, replace the connect- EM
ing rod assembly and/or piston and piston pin assembly.
If replacing the piston and piston pin assembly, use the "Piston
Selection Table" to select the piston corresponding to the applica- C
ble bore grade of the cylinder block to be used. Refer to EM-197,
"How to Select Piston and Bearing".
SBIA0282E

D
Factory Installed Parts Grading:
A: Front mark
B: Piston pin bore grade E
C: Piston grade I.D. stamp
D: Piston crown I.D. code stamp
Service parts apply only to grade 0.
F
Unit: mm (in)
Grade 0 1
Connecting rod small end 20.000 - 20.006 20.006 - 20.012
inner diameter (0.7874 - 0.7876) (0.7876 - 0.7879)
G
WBIA0900E
19.989 - 19.995 19.995 - 20. 001
Piston pin outer diameter
(0.7870 - 0.7872) (0.7872 - 0.7874)
H
19.993 - 19.999 19.999 - 20.005
Piston pin bore diameter
(0.7871- 0.7874) (0.7874 - 0.7876)

CYLINDER BLOCK DISTORTION I


Using a scraper, remove gasket on the cylinder block surface, and
also remove oil, scale, carbon, or other contamination.
CAUTION: J
Be careful not to allow gasket debris to enter the oil or coolant
passages.
Measure the distortion on the block upper face at some different
points in 6 directions. K

Limit : 0.1 mm (0.004 in)


If out of the distortion limit, replace the cylinder block. L
PBIC0121E

INNER DIAMETER OF MAIN BEARING HOUSING


Install the main bearing caps with the main bearings removed and M
tighten the bolts to the specified torque. Refer to EM-189, "Disas-
sembly and Assembly".
Using a bore gauge, measure the inner diameter of the main bear- N
ing housing.

Standard : 58.944 - 58.968 mm (2.3206 - 2.3216 in) O


If out of the standard, replace the cylinder block and lower cylinder
block assembly.
NOTE: P
These components cannot be replaced as a single unit because PBIC0269E

they were processed together.


PISTON TO CYLINDER BORE CLEARANCE
Inner Diameter of Cylinder Bore

Revision: July 2010 EM-207 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Using a bore gauge, measure cylinder bore for wear, out-of-round
and taper at 6 different points on each cylinder. (X and Y directions
at A, B and C). The Y axis is in the longitudinal direction of the
engine.
NOTE:
When determining cylinder bore grade, measure cylinder bore at B
position. Refer to EM-213, "Standard and Limit".
If the measured value rebore exceeds the limit, or if there are
scratches and/or seizure on the cylinder inner wall, hone the inner
wall.
SBIA0284E

Outer Diameter of Piston


Measure piston skirt diameter using a micrometer. Refer to EM-
213, "Standard and Limit".

PBIC0125E

Measure point (distance from the top): 42 mm (1.65 in)


Piston to Cylinder Bore Clearance
Calculate by outer diameter of piston skirt and inner diameter of cylinder (direction X, position B).
(Clearance) = (Inner diameter of cylinder) (Outer diameter of piston skirt).

Standard : 0.010 - 0.030 mm (0.0004 - 0.0012 in)


Limit : 0.08 mm (0.0031 in)
If it exceeds the limit, replace piston/piston pin assembly.
Reboring Cylinder Bore
1. Cylinder bore size is determined by adding piston-to-bore clearance to piston diameter A.

Rebored size calculation: D = A + B - C

D: Bored diameter
A: Piston diameter as measured
B: Piston-to-bore clearance (standard value)
C: Honing allowance 0.02 mm (0.0008 in)
2. Install main bearing caps, and tighten to the specified torque. Otherwise, cylinder bores may be distorted
in final assembly.
3. Cut cylinder bores.
When any cylinder needs boring, all other cylinders must also be bored.
Do not cut too much out of cylinder bore at a time.
4. Hone cylinders to obtain specified piston-to-bore clearance.
5. Measure finished cylinder bore for out-of-round and taper.
Measurement should be done after cylinder bore cools down.
OUTER DIAMETER OF CRANKSHAFT JOURNAL
Measure outer diameter of crankshaft journals.

Revision: July 2010 EM-208 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]

Standard : 54.955 - 54.979 mm (2.1636 - 2.1645 in) A


OUTER DIAMETER OF CRANKSHAFT PIN
Measure outer diameter of crankshaft pin.
EM
Standard : 44.956 - 44.974 mm (1.7699 - 1.7706 in)

PBIC0270E
E
OUT-OF-ROUND AND TAPER OF CRANKSHAFT
Measure the dimensions at four different points as shown on each
journal and pin using a micrometer. F
Out-of-round is indicated by the difference in dimensions between
"X" and "Y" at "A" and "B".
Taper is indicated by the difference in dimension between "A" and
"B" at "X" and "Y". G

Limit
Out-of-round (X - Y) : 0.005 mm (0.0002 in) H
Taper (A - B) : 0.005 mm (0.0002 in)
PBIC0128E

I
CRANKSHAFT RUNOUT
Place a V-block on a precise flat table to support the journals on
both ends of the crankshaft.
Place a dial gauge straight up on the No. 3 journal. J
While rotating the crankshaft, read the movement of the pointer on
the dial gauge, the total indicator reading.
K
Limit : Less than 0.05 mm (0.002 in)

PBIC0271E

OIL CLEARANCE OF CONNECTING ROD BEARING M


Method of Measurement
Install the connecting rod bearings to the connecting rod and the
cap, and tighten the connecting rod bolts to the specified torque. N
Using a inside micrometer measure the inner diameter of connect-
ing rod bearing.
(Oil clearance) = (Inner diameter of connecting rod bearing) O
(Outer diameter of crankshaft pin)

Standard : 0.035 - 0.045 mm (0.0014 - 0.0018 in)


P
Limit : 0.10 mm (0.0039 in)
If clearance cannot be adjusted within the standard, grind crank-
PBIC0119E
shaft pin and use undersized bearing. Refer to EM-197, "How to
Select Piston and Bearing".
Method of Using Plastigage

Revision: July 2010 EM-209 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Remove oil and dust on the crankshaft pin and the surfaces of
each bearing completely.
Cut the Plastigage slightly shorter than the bearing width, and
place it in crankshaft axial direction, avoiding oil holes.
Install the connecting rod bearings to the connecting rod cap, and
tighten the connecting rod bolts to the specified torque.
CAUTION:
Never rotate the crankshaft.
Remove the connecting rod cap and bearings, and using the scale
on the Plastigage bag, measure the Plastigage width.
NOTE:
EM142
The procedure when the measured value exceeds the limit is
same as that described in the method by calculation.
OIL CLEARANCE OF MAIN BEARING
Method of Measurement
Install the main bearings to the cylinder block and bearing cap. Measure the main bearing inner diameter
with the bearing cap bolt tightened to the specified torque.
(Oil clearance) = (Inner diameter of main bearing) (Outer diameter of crankshaft journal)

Standard:
No. 1, 3, and 5 journals : 0.012 - 0.022 mm (0.0005 - 0.0009 in)
No. 2 and 4 journals : 0.018 - 0.028 mm (0.0007 - 0.0011 in)
Limit : 0.1 mm (0.004 in)
If the measured value exceeds the limit, select main bearings referring to the main bearing inner diameter
and crankshaft journal outer diameter, so that the oil clearance satisfies the standard. Refer to EM-197,
"How to Select Piston and Bearing".
Method of Using Plastigage
Remove oil and dust on the crankshaft journal and the surfaces of
each bearing completely.
Cut the Plastigage slightly shorter than the bearing width, and
place it in crankshaft axial direction, avoiding oil holes.
Tighten the main bearing bolts to the specified torque.
CAUTION:
Never rotate the crankshaft.
Remove the bearing cap and bearings, and using the scale on the
plastigage bag, measure the plastigage width.
NOTE:
The procedure when the measured value exceeds the limit is
EM142
same as that described in the "Method by Calculation".
CRUSH HEIGHT OF MAIN BEARING
When the bearing cap is removed after being tightened to the
specified torque with main bearings installed, the tip end of bearing
must protrude.

Standard : There must be crush height.


If the standard is not met, replace main bearings.

SEM502G

OUTER DIAMETER OF LOWER CYLINDER BLOCK BOLT


Perform only with M10 (0.39 in) bolts.
Measure outer diameters (d1, d2) at two positions as shown.
Measure d2 at a point within area A as shown.

Revision: July 2010 EM-210 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
When the value of d1- d2 exceeds the limit (a large difference in
dimensions), replace the bolt with a new one. A

Limit : 0.13 mm (0.0051 in)


EM

PBIC0272E

D
OUTER DIAMETER OF CONNECTING ROD BOLT
Measure outer diameter (d) at position as shown.
When d exceeds the limit (when it becomes thinner), replace the
bolt with a new one. E

Limit : 7.75 mm (0.3051 in) or less


F

PBIC0273E
H
MOVEMENT AMOUNT OF FLYWHEEL (M/T MODEL)
NOTE:
Inspection for double mass flywheel only. I
Do not disassemble double mass flywheel.
Flywheel Deflection
Measure deflection of flywheel contact surface to the clutch with a dial gauge. J
Measure runout at 210 mm (8.27 in) dia.

Limit : 0.45 mm (0.0177 in) or less under no


K
load
Measure axial displacement at 250 mm (9.84 in) dia.
L
Limit : 1.3 mm (0.051 in) or less under 100N
(22.48 lb) force
When measured value exceeds the limit, replace the flywheel with M
a new one. SBIA0287E

Movement Amount in Rotation Direction


Check the movement amount in the following procedure. N
1. Install a bolt to clutch cover mounting hole, and place a torque wrench on the extended line of the flywheel
center line.
Tighten bolt to keep it from loosening at a force of 9.8 Nm (1 kg-m, 87 in-lb). O

Revision: July 2010 EM-211 2011 Sentra


CYLINDER BLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
2. Put a mating mark on circumferences of the two flywheel
masses without applying any load (measurement standard
points).
3. Apply a force of 9.8 Nm (1 kg-m, 87 in-lb) in each direction, and
mark the movement amount on the mass on the transmission
side.
4. Measure dimensions of movement amounts A and B on circum-
ference of the flywheel on the transmission side.

Standard : 35 mm (1.38 in) or less


SBIA0288E

When measured value is outside the standard, replace flywheel.

Revision: July 2010 EM-212 2011 Sentra


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
A
Standard and Limit INFOID:0000000006148973

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS EM

Model SE-R SE-R Spec V


Cylinder arrangement In-line 4 C
Displacement cm3 (in3) 2,488 (151.82)
Bore and stroke mm (in) 89.0 x 100 (3.50 x 3.94)
D
Valve arrangement DOHC
Firing order 1-3-4-2
Compression 2 E
Number of piston rings
Oil 1
Compression ratio 9.5:1 10.5:1
F
Standard 1,250 (12.8, 181.3)
Compression pressure Minimum 1,060 (10.8, 153.7)
kPa (kg/cm2, psi) / 250 rpm Differential limit be-
100 (1.0, 14)
G
tween cylinders

I
Valve timing

PBIC0187E
K
Unit: degree
a b c d e f
224 244 0 64 3 41
L

DRIVE BELTS
M
Tension of drive belts Auto adjustment by auto tensioner

INTAKE MANIFOLD AND EXHAUST MANIFOLD


Unit: mm (in) N
Description Limit
Intake manifold adapter 0.1 (0.004)
Surface distortion O
Intake manifold 0.1 (0.004)
Exhaust manifold 0.3 (0.012)

SPARK PLUG P
Unit: mm (in)

Make NGK
Type* Standard DILKAR6A-11
Gap (nominal) 1.1 (0.043)
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information

Revision: July 2010 EM-213 2011 Sentra


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
CYLINDER HEAD
Unit: mm (in)

PBIC0283E

Description Limit
Head surface distortion 0.1 (0.004)

VALVE
Valve Dimensions
Unit: mm (in)

SEM188

Intake 35.5 - 35.8 (1.398 - 1.409)


Valve head diameter D
Exhaust 30.5 - 30.8 (1.201 - 1.213)
Intake 97.16 (3.8252)
Valve length L
Exhaust 98.82 (3.8905)
Intake 5.965 - 5.980 (0.2348 - 0.2354)
Valve stem diameter d
Exhaust 5.955 - 5.970 (0.2344 - 0.2350)
Intake
Valve seat angle 4515 - 4545
Exhaust
Intake 1.1 (0.043)
Valve margin T
Exhaust 1.3 (0.051)

Valve Clearance
Unit: mm (in)

Cold* (reference data) Hot


Intake 0.24 - 0.32 (0.009 - 0.013) 0.304 - 0.416 (0.012 - 0.016)
Exhaust 0.26 - 0.34 (0.010 - 0.013) 0.308 - 0.432 (0.012 - 0.017)
*: Approximately 20C (68 F)

Available Valve Lifter

Revision: July 2010 EM-214 2011 Sentra


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]

EM

KBIA0119E D
Thickness mm (in) Identification mark (Stamp)*
7.88 (0.3102) 788U
E
7.90 (0.3110) 790U
7.92 (0.3118) 792U
7.94 (0.3126) 794U F
7.96 (0.3134) 796U
7.98 (0.3142) 798U
G
8.00 (0.3150) 800U
8.02 (0.3157) 802U
8.04 (0.3165) 804U H
8.06 (0.3173) 806U
8.08 (0.3181) 808U
8.10 (0.3189) 810U I
8.12 (0.3197) 812U
8.14 (0.3205) 814U
J
8.16 (0.3213) 816U
8.18 (0.3220) 818U
8.20 (0.3228) 820U K
8.22 (0.3236) 822U
8.24 (0.3244) 824U
L
8.26 (0.3252) 826U
8.28 (0.3260) 828U
8.30 (0.3268) 830U M
8.32 (0.3276) 832U
8.34 (0.3283) 834U
N
8.36 (0.3291) 836U
8.38 (0.3299) 838U
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information O
Valve Spring

Specifications* Intake Exhaust P


Identification color Blue (M/T), Pink (CVT) Yellow (M/T), Green (CVT)
Free height 43.72 - 43.92 mm (1.7213 - 1.7291 in) 45.29 - 45.49 mm (1.7831 - 1.7909 in)
Pressure standard
151 - 175 N (15.4 - 17.8 kg-f, 34 - 39 lb-f) 151 - 175 N (15.4 - 17.8 kg-f, 34 - 39 lb-f)
at height 35.30 mm (1.390 in)
Squareness 1.9 mm (0.0748 in) 1.9 mm (0.0748 in)

Revision: July 2010 EM-215 2011 Sentra


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Specifications* Intake Exhaust
Installation height 35.30 mm (1.390 in) 35.30 mm (1.390 in)
Installation load 151 - 175 N (15.4 - 17.8 kg-f, 34 - 39 lb-f) 151 - 175 N (15.4 - 17.8 kg-f, 34 - 39 lb-f)
Height during valve open 25.30 mm (0.996 in) 26.76 mm (1.0535 in)
Load with valve open 351 - 394 N (35.8 - 40.2 kg-f, 79 - 89 lb-f) 318 - 362 N (32.4 - 36.9 kg-f, 71 - 81 lb-f)
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information

Valve Lifter
Unit: mm (in)

Description Standard
Valve lifter outer diameter 33.977 - 33.987 (1.3377 - 1.3381)
Lifter lifter bore inner diameter 34.000 - 34.021 (1.3386 - 1.3394)
Clearance between lifter and lifter guide 0.013 - 0.044 (0.0005 - 0.0017)

Valve Guide
Unit: mm (in)

PBIC0184E

Description Standard Service


10.023 - 10.034 10.223 - 10.234
Valve guide Outer diameter
(0.3946 - 0.3950) (0.4025 - 0.4029)
Inner diameter (Finished size) 6.000 - 6.018 (0.2362 - 0.2369)
9.975 - 9.996 10.175 - 10.196
Intake and exhaust valve guide hole diameter
(0.3927 - 0.3935) (0.4006 - 0.4014)
Interference fit of valve guide 0.027 - 0.059 (0.0011 - 0.0023)
Standard
Intake 0.020 - 0.053 (0.0008 - 0.0021) or less
Valve guide clearance
Exhaust 0.030 - 0.063 (0.0012 - 0.0025) or less
Intake 10.1 - 10.3 (0.398 - 0.406)
Projection length L
Exhaust 10.0 - 10.4 (0.394 - 0.409)

Valve Seat

Revision: July 2010 EM-216 2011 Sentra


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Unit: mm (in)
A

EM

PBIC2745E
D

Description Standard Service


Intake 36.500 - 36.516 (1.4370 - 1.4376) 37.000 - 37.016 (1.4567 - 1.4573) E
Cylinder head seat recess diameter (D)
Exhaust 31.500 - 31.516 (1.2402 - 1.2408) 32.000 - 32.016 (1.2598 - 1.2605)
Intake 0.081 - 0.113 (0.0032 - 0.0044)
Valve seat interference fit
Exhaust 0.084 - 0.116 (0.0033 - 0.0046) F
Intake 36.597 - 36.613 (1.4408 - 1.4415) 37.097 - 37.113 (1.4605 - 1.4611)
Valve seat outer diameter (d)
Exhaust 31.600 - 31.616 (1.2441 - 1.2447) 32.100 - 32.116 (1.2638 - 1.2644)
G
Intake 33.5 (1.319)
Diameter "d1"
Exhaust 28.0 (1.102)
Intake 34.8 - 35.3 (1.3701 - 1.3898) H
Diameter "d2"
Exhaust 29.6 - 30.1 (1.1654 - 1.1850)
Intake 60
Angle 1 I
Exhaust 60
Intake 88 46' - 90 14'
Angle 2
Exhaust 88 46' - 90 14' J
Intake 120
Angle 3
Exhaust 120
K
Intake 0.99 - 1.35 (0.0390 - 0.0531)
Contacting width "W"*
Exhaust 1.19 - 1.55 (0.0469 - 0.0610)
*1 Machining data L
CAMSHAFT AND CAMSHAFT BEARING
Unit: mm (in)
M
Standard
Camshaft runout [TIR*] Less than 0.04 (0.0016)

SEM671

Intake 44.815 - 45.005 (1.7644 - 1.7718)


Cam height A
Exhaust 43.975 - 44.165 (1.7313 - 1.7388)

Revision: July 2010 EM-217 2011 Sentra


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Standard
No. 1
27.935 - 27.955 (1.0998 - 1.1006)
Outer diameter of camshaft journal
No. 2, 3, 4, 5
23.435 - 23.455 (0.9226 - 0.9234)
No.1
28.000 - 28.021 (1.1024 - 1.1032)
Inner diameter of camshaft bracket
No.2, 3, 4, 5
23.500 - 23.521 (0.9252 - 0.9260)
Camshaft journal clearance 0.045 - 0.086 (0.0018 - 0.0034)
Camshaft end play 0.115 - 0.188 (0.0045 - 0.0074)
Camshaft sprocket runout [TIR*] Less than 0.15 (0.0059)
*: Total indicator reading

CYLINDER BLOCK
Unit: mm (in)

PBIC0281E

Surface distortion Limit 0.1 (0.004)


Grade No. 2 89.010 - 89.020 (3.5043 - 3.5047)
Standard
Cylinder bore Inner diameter Grade No. 3 89.020 - 89.030 (3.5047 - 3.5051)
Wear limit 0.2 (0.008)
Out-of-round (X Y) Less than 0.015 (0.0006)
Taper (C A) Less than 0.01 (0.0004)

Revision: July 2010 EM-218 2011 Sentra


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Grade No. A 58.944 - 58.945 (2.3206 - 2.3207)
Grade No. B 58.945 - 58.946 (2.3207 - 2.3207) A
Grade No. C 58.946 - 58.947 (2.3207 - 2.3207)
Grade No. D 58.947 - 58.948 (2.3207 - 2.3208)
Grade No. E 58.948 - 58.949 (2.3208 - 2.3208)
Grade No. F 58.949 - 58.950 (2.3208 - 2.3209) EM
Grade No. G 58.950 - 58.951 (2.3209 - 2.3209)
Grade No. H 58.951 - 58.952 (2.3209 - 2.3209)
Grade No. J 58.952 - 58.953 (2.3209 - 2.3210)
Grade No. K 58.953 - 58.954 (2.3210 - 2.3210)
C
Grade No. L 58.954 - 58.955 (2.3210 - 2.3211)
Main journal inner
Grade No. M 58.955 - 58.956 (2.3211 - 2.3211)
diameter grade
Grade No. N 58.956 - 58.957 (2.3211 - 2.3211) D
(Without bearing)
Grade No. P 58.957 - 58.958 (2.3211 - 2.3212)
Grade No. R 58.958 - 58.959 (2.3212 - 2.3212)
Grade No. S 58.959 - 58.960 (2.3212 - 2.3213)
Grade No. T 58.960 - 58.961 (2.3213 - 2.3213) E
Grade No. U 58.961 - 58.962 (2.3213 - 2.3213)
Grade No. V 58.962 - 58.963 (2.3213 - 2.3214)
Grade No. W 58.963 - 58.964 (2.3214 - 2.3214)
Grade No. X 58.964 - 58.965 (2.3214 - 2.3215) F
Grade No. Y 58.965 - 58.966 (2.3215 - 2.3215)
Grade No. 4 58.966 - 58.967 (2.3215 - 2.3215)
Grade No. 7 58.967 - 58.968 (2.3215 - 2.3216)
G
Difference in inner
diameter between Standard Less than 0.03 (0.0012)
cylinders
H
PISTON, PISTON RING, AND PISTON PIN
Available Piston
Unit: mm (in) I

PBIC0188E

Grade* Dimension M
Grade No. 1 88.980 - 88.990 (3.5031 - 3.5035)
Piston skirt diameter A Standard Grade No. 2 88.990 - 89.000 (3.5035 - 3.5039)
N
Grade No. 3 89.000 - 89.010 (3.5039 - 3.5043)
H dimension 42 (1.65)
Grade No. 0 19.993 - 19.999 (0.7871 - 0.7874) O
Piston pin bore diameter
Grade No. 1 19.999 - 20.005 (0.7874 - 0.7876)
Standard 0.010 - 0.030 (0.0004 - 0.0012)
Piston clearance to cylinder bore P
Limit 0.08 (0.0031)
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information

Piston Ring

Revision: July 2010 EM-219 2011 Sentra


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Unit: mm (in)

Standard Limit
Top 0.040 - 0.080 (0.0018 - 0.0031) 0.11 (0.0043)
Side clearance 2nd 0.030 - 0.070 (0.0012 - 0.0028) 0.10 (0.0039)
Oil ring 0.045 - 0.125 (0.0018 - 0.0049)
Top 0.21- 0.31 (0.0083 - 0.0122) 0.54 (0.0213)
End gap 2nd 0.37 - 0.52 (0.0146 - 0.0205) 0.67 (0.0264)
Oil (rail ring) 0.20 - 0.45 (0.0079 - 0.0177) 0.95 (0.0374)

Piston Pin
Unit: mm (in)

Grade* Dimension
Grade No.0 19.989 - 19.995 (0.7870 - 0.7872)
Piston pin outer diameter
Grade No.1 19.995 - 20.001 (0.7872 - 0.7874)
Piston to piston pin clearance (Standard) 0.002 - 0.006 (0.0001 - 0.0002)
Piston pin to connecting rod bushing clear-
Standard 0.005 - 0.017 (0.0002 - 0.0007)
ance
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information

CONNECTING ROD
Unit: mm (in)

Grade1 Dimension
Center distance 143.00 - 143.10 (5.63 - 5.63)
Bend [per 100 (3.94)] Limit 0.15 (0.0059)
Torsion [per 100 (3.94)] Limit 0.30 (0.0118)
Connecting rod small end inner diameter 22.000 - 22.012 (0.7874 - 0.7879)
Connecting rod small end inner Grade No. 0 20.000 - 20.006 (0.7874 - 0.7876)
diameter2 Grade No. 1 20.006 - 20.012 (0.7876 - 0.7879)
Connecting rod big end inner diameter 48.000 - 48.013 (1.8898 - 1.8903)
Standard 0.20 - 0.35 (0.0079 - 0.0138)
Side clearance
Limit 0.50 (0.0197)
Grade No. 0 48.000 - 48.001 (1.8898 - 1.8898)
Grade No. 1 48.001 - 48.002 (1.8898 - 1.8898)
Grade No. 2 48.002 - 48.003 (1.8898 - 1.8899)
Grade No. 3 48.003 - 48.004 (1.8899 - 1.8899)
Grade No. 4 48.004 - 48.005 (1.8899 - 1.8899)
Grade No. 5 48.005 - 48.006 (1.8899 - 1.8900)
Connecting rod bearing housing Grade No. 6 48.006 - 48.007 (1.8900 - 1.8900)
Grade No. 7 48.007 - 48.008 (1.8900 - 1.8901)
Grade No. 8 48.008 - 48.009 (1.8901 - 1.8901)
Grade No. 9 48.009 - 48.010 (1.8901 - 1.8902)
Grade No. A 48.010 - 48.011 (1.8902 - 1.8902)
Grade No. B 48.011 - 48.012 (1.8902 - 1.8902)
Grade No. C 48.012 - 48.013 (1.8902 - 1.8903)
1
: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information
2
: After installing in connecting rod

CRANKSHAFT

Revision: July 2010 EM-220 2011 Sentra


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Unit: mm (in)
A

EM

D
SEM645 SEM715

1 Dimension
Grade
E
Grade No. A 44.974 - 44.973 (1.7706 - 1.7706)
Grade No. B 44.973 - 44.972 (1.7706 - 1.7705)
Grade No. C 44.972 - 44.971 (1.7705 - 1.7705)
Grade No. D 44.971 - 44.970 (1.7705 - 1.7705) F
Grade No. E 44.970 - 44.969 (1.7705 - 1.7704)
Grade No. F 44.969 - 44.968 (1.7704 - 1.7704)
Grade No. G 44.968 - 44.967 (1.7704 - 1.7704)
Grade No. H 44.967 - 44.966 (1.7704 - 1.7703) G
Grade No. J 44.966 - 44.965 (1.7703 - 1.7703)
Pin journal dia. DP
Grade No. K 44.965 - 44.964 (1.7703 - 1.7702)
Grade No. L 44.964 - 44.963 (1.7702 - 1.7702)
Grade No. M 44.963 - 44.962 (1.7702 - 1.7702) H
Grade No. N 44.962 - 44.961 (1.7702 - 1.7701)
Grade No. P 44.961 - 44.960 (1.7701 - 1.7701)
Grade No. R 44.960 - 44.959 (1.7701 - 1.7700)
I
Grade No. S 44.959 - 44.958 (1.7700 - 1.7700)
Grade No. T 44.958 - 44.957 (1.7700 - 1.7700)
Grade No. U 44.957 - 44.956 (1.7700 - 1.7699)
Grade No. A 54.979 - 54.978 (2.1645 - 2.1645) J
Grade No. B 54.978 - 54.977 (2.1645 - 2.1644)
Grade No. C 54.977 - 54.976 (2.1644 - 2.1644)
Grade No. D 54.976 - 54.975 (2.1644 - 2.1644)
Grade No. E 54.975 - 54.974 (2.1644 - 2.1643)
K
Grade No. F 54.974 - 54.973 (2.1643 - 2.1643)
Grade No. G 54.973 - 54.972 (2.1643 - 2.1642)
Grade No. H 54.972 - 54.971 (2.1642 - 2.1642) L
Grade No. J 54.971 - 54.970 (2.1642 - 2.1642)
Grade No. K 54.970 - 54.969 (2.1642 - 2.1641)
Grade No. L 54.969 - 54.968 (2.1641 - 2.1641)
Grade No. M 54.968 - 54.967 (2.1641 - 2.1641) M
Main journal dia. Dm grade
Grade No. N 54.967 - 54.966 (2.1641 - 2.1640)
Grade No. P 54.966 - 54.965 (2.1640 - 2.1640)
Grade No. R 54.965 - 54.964 (2.1640 - 2.1639)
Grade No. S 54.964 - 54.963 (2.1639 - 2.1639) N
Grade No. T 54.963 - 54.962 (2.1639 - 2.1639)
Grade No. U 54.962 - 54.961 (2.1639 - 2.1638)
Grade No. V 54.961 - 54.960 (2.1638 - 2.1638)
Grade No. W 54.960 - 54.959 (2.1638 - 2.1637) O
Grade No. X 54.959 - 54.958 (2.1637 - 2.1637)
Grade No. Y 54.958 - 54.957 (2.1637 - 2.1637)
Grade No. 4 54.957 - 54.956 (2.1637 - 2.1636)
Grade No. 7 54.956 - 54.955 (2.1636 - 2.1636)
P
Center distance r 49.60 - 50.04 (1.9528 - 1.9701)
Out-of-round (X Y) Standard Less than 0.005 (0.0002)
Taper (A B) Standard Less than 0.005 (0.0002)

Runout [TIR2] Limit Less than 0.05 (0.002)

Revision: July 2010 EM-221 2011 Sentra


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Standard 0.10 - 0.26 (0.0039 - 0.0102)
Free end play
Limit 0.30 (0.0118)
1
: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information
2: Total indicator reading

MAIN BEARING
Unit: mm (in)

SEM685D

Identification color
Grade number* Thickness Remarks
(UPR / LWR)
0 1.973 - 1.976 (0.0777 - 0.0778) Black
1 1.976 - 1.979 (0.0778 - 0.0779) Brown
2 1.979 - 1.982 (0.0779 - 0.0780) Green
Grade and color are the same
3 1.982 - 1.985 (0.0780 - 0.0781) Yellow
for upper and lower bearings.
4 1.985 - 1.988 (0.0781 - 0.0783) Blue
5 1.988 - 1.991 (0.0783 - 0.0784) Pink
6 1.991 - 1.994 (0.0784 - 0.0785) Purple
UPR 1.973 - 1.976 (0.0777 - 0.0778)
01 Black / Brown
LWR 1.976 - 1.979 (0.0778 - 0.0779)
UPR 1.976 - 1.979 (0.0778 - 0.0779)
12 Brown / Green
LWR 1.979 - 1.982 (0.0779 - 0.0780)
UPR 1.979 - 1.982 (0.0779 - 0.0780)
23 Green / Yellow
LWR 1.982 - 1.985 (0.0780 - 0.0781)
Grade and color are different
UPR 1.982 - 1.985 (0.0780 - 0.0781) for upper and lower bearings.
34 Yellow / Blue
LWR 1.985 - 1.988 (0.0781 - 0.0783)
UPR 1.985 - 1.988 (0.0781 - 0.0783)
45 Blue / Pink
LWR 1.988 - 1.991 (0.0783 - 0.0784)
UPR 1.988 - 1.991 (0.0783 - 0.0784)
56 Pink / Purple
LWR 1.991 - 1.994 (0.0784 - 0.0785)
UPR 1.991 - 1.994 (0.0784 - 0.0785)
67 Purple / White
LWR 1.994 - 1.997 (0.0785 - 0.0786)
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information

Undersize
Unit: mm (in)

Size U.S. Thickness Main journal diameter


Grind so that bearing clearance is the spec-
0.25 (0.0098) 2.106 - 2.114 (0.0829 - 0.0832)
ified value.

Bearing Clearance

Revision: July 2010 EM-222 2011 Sentra


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
Unit: mm (in)

No.1, 3, and 5 0.012 - 0.022 (0.0005 - 0.0009) A


Standard
Main bearing oil clearance No.2 and 4 0.018 - 0.028 (0.0007 - 0.0011)
Limit 0.1 (0.004)
EM
CONNECTING ROD BEARING

Grade number* Thickness mm (in) Identification color C


0 1.493 - 1.496 (0.0588 - 0.0589) Black
1 1.496 - 1.499 (0.0589 - 0.0590) Brown
D
2 1.499 - 1.502 (0.0590 - 0.0591) Green
3 1.502 - 1.505 (0.0591 - 0.0593) Yellow
4 1.505 - 1.508 (00.593 - 0.0594) Blue E
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information

Undersize
Unit: mm (in) F
Size U.S. Thickness Crank pin journal diameter
0.25 (0.0098) 1.622 - 1.630 (0.0639 - 0.0642) Grind so that bearing clearance is the specified value.
G
Bearing Clearance
Unit: mm (in)

Standard 0.035 - 0.045 (0.0014 - 0.0018) H


Connecting rod bearing oil clearance
Limit 0.10 (0.0039)

FLYWHEEL I

Items Standard Limit


Deflection of flywheel contact surface at J
0.45 mm (0.0177 in) or less under no load
210 mm (8.27 in) dia.
1.3 mm (0.051 in) or less under 100N
Axial displacement at 250 mm (9.84 in) dia.
(22.48 lb) force K
Rotation direction movement 35 mm (1.38 in) or less

Revision: July 2010 EM-223 2011 Sentra

You might also like